Attachment 2 Project Plans and Specs — Camarillo City Council, August 13, 2025 (part 3 of 4)

FINAL REPORT
Construction & Demolition Waste Letter of Documentation

IMPORTANT NOTICE
All projects required to submit CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN, must submit FINAL REPORT: CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE LETTER OF DOCUMENTATION and related documentation at the time of final inspection.

Scan and submit completed forms to the City Project Manager.

Date: Permit Number (if applicable):

Project Address:

Contractor:

Contractor Phone Number:

Material Type
Management Option
(Approved Waste Hauler
OR
“Self Haul”. If “Self
Haul”, indicate the
location where materials
were taken.)
Weight
(Gross Tons)
Disposed
Tons
Recycled
Tons
Asphalt
Brick/Masonry/Roof Tiles
Cardboard
Carpet/Carpet Pads
Concrete
Wash Out
Dirt/Sand/Rock
Drywall/Gypsum Board
Fixtures (doors, toilets,
windows)
Wood
Metal
Mixed Plastic #1-7
Commingled C&D
Commingled Recyclables
Green Waste
Trash
Other (list):

TOTAL
Project Diversion Rate Estimate (Total Recycled Tons/Total Gross Tons): ___________________________ If the project diversion rate estimate is less than 65 percent for the total project, please explain here:

Project Name:

Project Number:

Page 2 of 2 ends

FOR COMMERCIAL ALTERATIONS/ADDITIONS ONLY:

The hazardous waste regulations (Cal. Code Regs, T itle. 22, Division. 4.5, Chapter 11, Section 66261.9) identifies seven categories of hazardous waste that must be managed as universal waste. In accordance with the 2016 CalGreen Code Section 5.408.2, all commercial alteration or addition projects must verify that Universal Waste removed from the project was properly managed or recycled.

Universal Waste MAY NOT be disposed of in the trash.

Please check the appropriate boxes indicating Universal Waste generated by this project.

Batteries: Most household-type batteries, including rechargeable nickel-cadmium batteries, silver button batteries, mercury batteries, alkaline batteries and other batteries that exhibit a characteristic of a hazardous waste.

CRTs: The glass picture tubes removed from devices such as televisions and computer monitors.

CRT glass: A cathode ray tube that has been accidently broken or processed for recycling.

Electronic devices: Includes any electronic device that is a hazardous waste (with or without a Cathode Ray Tube-CRT). Includes televisions, computer monitors, cellphones, VCRs, computer CPUs and portable DVD players.

Electric lamps: Fluorescent tubes and bulbs, high intensity discharge lamps, sodium vapor lamps and electric lamps that contain added mercury, as well as any other lamp that exhibits a characteristic of a hazardous waste. (e.g., lead).

Mercury-containing equipment: Thermostats, mercury switches, mercury thermometers, pressure or vacuum gauges, dilators and weighted tubing, mercury rubber flooring, or mercury gas flow regulators.

Non-empty aerosol cans
None of the above
ALL SUBMITTALS MUST INCLUDE:
 Completed – FINAL REPORT
 Letter of documentation from approved waste hauler (if applicable)  Receipts or weight tickets from all self-hauled materials (if applicable) Signature of
Contractor__________________________________Date_______________________ For City of Camarillo Use Only Capital Improvement Project Division Date This plan has been approved by:

City of Camarillo

NOTICE OF POTENTIAL CLAIM (NOPC)

SPECIFICATION
NUMBER

DATE

IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER

Resident Engineer

This is a Notice of Potential Claim for additional compensation submitted as required under the provisions of Section 12 of the General Conditions/Specifications. The act of the engineer, or his/her failure to act, or the event, thing, occurrence, or other cause giving rise to the potential claim occurred on: Date:

The particular nature and circumstances of this potential claim are described as follows, including costs involved (with breakdown):

The reasons for which I believe additional compensation may be due are:

The nature of the costs involved and amount of Potential Claim (provide estimate if accurate figures are not available or describe types of expenses involved):

(attach additional sheets as needed)
The undersigned originator (Contractor or Subcontractor as appropriate) certifies that the above statements and attached documents are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim to be further considered, unless resolved, must fully conform to the requirements in Section 12 of the General Conditions and must be restated as a claim in the Contractors written statement of claims in conformance with the Standard Specifications and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq..

SUBCONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR ________________________________________ (Circle One) Firm

________________________________________ ________________________________________ (Signature of Authorized Representative) Printed Name

For a subcontractor potential claim
This notice of potential claim is acknowledged, certified and forwarded

________________________________________ ________________________________________ PRIME CONTRACTOR Printed Name
(Signature of Authorized Representative)

(For City Use Only)
Received (Resident Engr) Date

8:00 AM TO 5:00 PM

PREVAILING WAGE RATES

1. Download at: https//www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/DPreWageDetermination. htm

APPENDIX

APPENDIX
SS-5120-1

APPENDIX B – Geotechnical Report

1. Geotechnical Report (47 pages)

Geotechnical Report
City of Camarillo Generator Replacement Project
at Pump Station #3 and Pump Station #5
Camarillo, California
Yeh Project No.: 224-081

Prepared for:

Kennedy Jenks
2775 Ventura Road, Suite 202
Oxnard, California 93036
Attn: Mr. Jack Stobaugh, PE
Prepared by:

Yeh and Associates, Inc.
56 E. Main Street, Suite 104
Ventura, California 93001
Phone: 805-481-9590

(Left) Pump Station #3 (Pleasant Valley Road); (Right) Pump Station #5 (Wood Road)

56 E. Main Street, Suite 104
Ventura, CA 93001
(805) 481-9590
www.y
eh-eng.com
Colo rado California
Denver | Colorado Springs | Durango | Glenwood Springs | Grand Junction | Greeley Grover Beach | Ventura July 16, 2024 Project No. 224-081
Kennedy Jenks
2775 Ventura Road, Suite 202
Oxnard, California 93036
Attn: Jack Stobaugh, PE
Subject: Geotechnical Report, City of Camarillo Generator Replacement Project at Pump Site #3 and Pump Site #5, Camarillo, California
Dear Mr. Stobaugh:

Yeh and Associates, Inc. is pleased to submit this geotechnical report for the design of generator equipment pads at two pump plant sites in Camarillo, California for the Camarillo Sanitary District.

This report was prepared in accordance with our professional services agreement dated April 23 2024. This report provides geotechnical recommendations for the design of a replacement generator pad at two separate pump stations including foundation design, earthwork and utility trench backfill materials, and corrosion test data.

The geotechnical evaluation consisted of a program of existing data review, field exploration, laboratory testing, and engineering analyses. Field and laboratory data collected for this study are attached to the report. A map showing the location of the field exploration is also provided.

We appreciate the opportunity to be of service. Please contact Loree Berry at 805-481-9590 x271 or [email protected] if you have questions or require additional information.

Sincerely,
YEH AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Reviewed By:

Ekta Patel Loree A. Berry, P.E.

Staff Engineer Senior Project Manager
Danya R. Pollard, P.G.

Project Geologist
Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 iii
Table of Contents

1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY ................................................................................................ 1

2. PROJECT UNDERSTANDING ....................................................................................................... 1

2.1 E XISTING SITE CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................ 1

2.1.1 PUMP STATION #3 ............................................................................................................... 1

2.1.2 PUMP STATION #5 ............................................................................................................... 2

2.2 P ROPOSED PROJECT ...................................................................................................................... 2

3. FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING ............................................................................................ 2

3.1 H AND AUGER BORINGS ................................................................................................................. 2

3.2 L ABORATORY TESTING ................................................................................................................... 3

3.3 P REVIOUS STUDIES ....................................................................................................................... 3

4. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 3

4.1 G EOLOGIC SETTING ...................................................................................................................... 3

4.2 G EOLOGIC UNITS ......................................................................................................................... 4

4.2.1 PUMP STATION #3 (PLEASANT VALLEY ROAD) ............................................................................ 5

4.2.2 PUMP STATION #5 (WOOD ROAD) .......................................................................................... 5

4.3 G ROUNDWATER ........................................................................................................................... 6

4.3.1 PUMP STATION #3 (PLEASANT VALLEY ROAD) ............................................................................ 6

4.3.2 PUMP STATION #5 (WOOD ROAD) .......................................................................................... 6

5. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................ 7

5.1 S EISMIC DATA ............................................................................................................................. 7

5.1.1 LIQUEFACTION/SEISMIC SETTLEMENT ....................................................................................... 8

5.1.2 SURFACE FAULT RUPTURE ...................................................................................................... 8

5.1. 3 ADDITIONAL GEOLOGIC HAZARD CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................................... 9

5.2 E ARTHWORK - GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 9

5.2.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................................... 9

5.2.2 COMPACTION AND GRADING .................................................................................................. 9

5.2.3 FILL PLACEMENT ................................................................................................................ 10

5.2.4 EROSION AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS .............................................................................. 10

5.2.5 SUGGESTED MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................... 11

5.2.6 REUSE OF EXCAVATED ONSITE MATERIAL ................................................................................ 11

5.3 G ENERATOR PADS AT PUMP STATION #3 AND #5 ............................................................................. 12

5.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND GRADING .......................................................................................... 12 Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 iv

5.3.2 SHALLOW FOUNDATION DESIGN ............................................................................................ 12

5.3.3 SETTLEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 12

5.3.4 LATERAL RESISTANCE........................................................................................................... 13

5.1 B URIED UTILITIES AND PIPELINES ................................................................................................... 13

5.2 C ORROSION CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................................................................... 14

5.2.1 PUMP STATION #3 ............................................................................................................. 14

5.2.2 PUMP STATION #5 ............................................................................................................. 14

5.3 T EMPORARY EXCAVATIONS ........................................................................................................... 14

5.4 S UBGRADE EVALUATION .............................................................................................................. 15

5.5 G RADING OBSERVATION .............................................................................................................. 15

6. LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................................... 15

7. REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................ 16 List of Figures
FIGURE 1: VICINITY MAP .............................................................................................................................................. 1 FIGURE 2: GEOLOGIC MAP ............................................................................................................................................ 4 List of Tables
TABLE 1: GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES TEST SUMMARY FOR PUMP STATION #3 ..................................................................... 5 TABLE 2: GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES SUMMARY FOR PUMP STATION #5 ............................................................................. 6 TABLE 3: EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN .................................................................................. 7 TABLE 4: RECOMMENDED RELATIVE COMPACTION ............................................................................................................ 9 List of Plates
Exploration Location Plan.............................................................................................................................. 1 List of Appendices
Page
Appendix A – Boring Logs
Boring Log Record .................................................................................................................................. A-1 Boring Logs 24HA- 01(PS#3) to 24HA-02(PS#5) ............................................................................... A-2 to 3

Appendix B – Results of Laboratory Testing
Summary of Laboratory Test Results .................................................................................................... B-1 Grain Size Distribution ........................................................................................................................... B-2 Atterberg Limits ..................................................................................................................................... B-3 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil ............................................................................ B-4 and 5 Expansion Index .......................................................................................................................... B-6 and 7 Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 v
Direct Shear .................................................................................................................................. B-8 and 9 Corrosivity Test Summary .................................................................................................................... B-10 Appendix C – Previous Data
OGI (2020) Boring Location Map ............................................................................................................ C-1 OGI (2020) Logs of Borings .............................................................................................................. C-2 to 6 GPI (2018) Site Plan ................................................................................................................................ C-7 GPI (2018) Logs of CPT and Borings .............................................................................................. C-7 to 23

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 1 1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY
Yeh and Associates was retained
by Kennedy Jenks to provide
geotechnical services for the
design of generator equipment
pads at two pump station sites in
Camarillo, California for the
Camarillo Sanitary District (City).

The locations of the sites are
shown in Figure 1.

The geotechnical evaluation
consisted of a program of project
coordination, review of previous
geotechnical data, field
explorations, laboratory testing
and engineering analyses as a
basis for providing the
recommendations in this report.

This report provides geotechnical
recommendations for design of
generator pads, site grading,
earthwork and utility trench
backfill materials, and corrosion
data.

2. PROJECT UNDERSTANDING

2.1 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS
The project includes design of replacement generator pads at two existing pump station sites, referred to as Pump Station #3 and Pump Station #5. Both pump plant sites are accessible by City Roads and the sites are fenced and gated.

2.1.1 P
UMP STATION #3
The Pump Station #3 site is located on gated City property on the north side of Pleasant Valley Road approximately 480 feet east of Las Posas Road. The approximately 10,000 square foot pump station is constructed on relatively level fill pad with elevations ranging from 72 to 75 feet and is raised slightly Figure 1: Vicinity Map

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 2 above the adjacent properties. The adjacent land use on all sides of the pump station is agricultural.

Existing structures on the site consist of a pump pad with pumps, wet well, a pump control/electrical building, and storage tanks. The proposed generator pad will replace the existing generator and pad in the northeastern corner of the pump station.

2.1.2 P
UMP STATION #5
The Pump Station #5 site is located on gated City property on the western side of North Wood Road approximately 385 feet south of W. Verdulera Street and bordering the north side of the Camarillo Airport. The approximately 5,200 square foot pump station is constructed on a relatively level pad at varying between 61 and 65 feet and is at a similar elevation as adjacent properties. Land use to the east and south of the pump station is industrial/commercial and an airport. Active agricultural fields are located to the west of the site. Existing structures on the site consist of a wet well, pump pad with pumps, storage tanks, and an emergency generator. The proposed generator pad will replace the existing generator and pad in the southwestern corner of the pump station.

2.2 P

ROPOSED PROJECT
The project consists of the design of replacement for at-grade equipment pads and generators at existing pump station Nos. 3 and 5 in the City of Camarillo. Based on a Technical Memorandum for the project by Kennedy Jenks (2024), the project improvements will include the installation of new generators, fueling systems, Automatic Transfer Switches ATS, and the MTS with a portable generator connection at each pump station site. The proposed dimensions of the generator equipment pads are listed below.
• Pump Station #3: 20’-9” long x 8’-6” wide x 2’-0” thick • Pump Station #5: 16’-9” long x 7’-6” wide x 2’-0” thick The project will include minor grading around the project area, trenching for new utility connections and pavement patching.

3. FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING
A subsurface exploration program consisting of asphalt coring and hand auger drilling was conducted on May 8, 2024. The boring locations are shown on Plate 1 – Field Exploration Plan and were performed adjacent to the footprint of the proposed generator pad at each site. The logs of the borings are presented in Appendix A.

3.1 HAND AUGER BORINGS
The drilling subcontractor was Union Materials Testing, Inc. (UMT) of Oxnard, California. UMT used a tow-behind coring machine to core a 5-inch diameter core through the existing asphalt concrete at each site. Hand augers and other hand tools were used to advance the boring to depths of 5.5 feet Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 3 below the ground surface. Yeh personnel logged the subsurface conditions encountered during the hand auguring and secured bulk and ring soil samples for subsequent laboratory testing. A description of the subsurface conditions encountered are presented on the logs.

Upon completion, the borings were backfilled with gravel backfill and patched at the surface with non-shrink rapid set concrete.

3.2 LABORATORY TESTING
Laboratory testing was performed on selected samples recovered from the field exploration program.

Tests for moisture content, unit weight, gradation, Atterberg limits, unit weight versus moisture content relation by the modified Proctor test, pH and resistivity were performed at the Yeh office and laboratory in Ventura, California. Tests for sulfates/chlorides were performed by Cooper Testing Labs, Inc. in Palo Alto, California. Direct shear tests were performed by the Cal Poly GEO-E laboratory in San Luis Obispo, California. Testing was performed in accordance with applicable ASTM standards.

Laboratory test results are presented in Appendix B.

3.3 P

REVIOUS STUDIES
Yeh reviewed the following previous geotechnical reports that are relevant to the project:
• Geotechnical Study for ST-5006 Pleasant Valley Road Bike Lanes by Oakridge Geoscience, Inc (OGI) (2020): This report was prepared for new bike lanes along an 8,700 feet-long section of Pleasant Vally Road between Las Posas Road and East Fifth Street. Field investigation included six drill holes up to 11.5 feet. One boring is located directly south of the pump station along Pleasant Valley Road. The boring locations are shown on Plate 1 and copies of the corresponding OGI logs and location map are provided in Appendix C.

• Geotechnical Study, Proposed Industrial Development by Geotechnical Professionals, Inc. (GPI) (2018): This report was prepared for six, commercial/industrial buildings with a paved parking lot located approximately 1,000 feet east of Pump Station #5. Field investigation included five cone penetration test soundings (CPTs) to depths ranging from 20 to 40 feet and three hollow-stem auger borings to depths ranging from 3 to 14 feet. The project area is shown on Plate 1 and copies of the corresponding CPT and boring logs and location map are provided in Appendix C.

4. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS

4.1 GEOLOGIC SETTING
The project site is located on the Oxnard Plain and within the Western Transverse Ranges Geomorphic Province of California. The Western Transverse Ranges are a regional deformation belt Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 4 characterized by a northeast-southwest trending structural grain and corresponding geomorphic features that extend from the Santa Barbara Channel to the Mojave section of the San Andreas Fault.

The Oxnard Plain is an alluvial fan that is bordered to the east by the Santa Monica Mountains, to the west by the Santa Clara River and to the north by the Camarillo and the Las Posas Hills. The project site is located within the northeastern portion of the Oxnard Plain south of the Los Posas Hills.

The regional geology as mapped by Dibblee (1990) is shown on Figure 2. Dibblee maps the surface geology in the site vicinity as Holocene-age alluvial deposits (Qa). The project site locations are near both the Camarillo Fault and the Springville Fault.

4.2 G

EOLOGIC UNITS
Subsurface conditions encountered during the field exploration consisted of units of artificial fill and alluvium soil. The approximate locations of the hand auger borings are shown on Plate 1. Descriptions of encountered subsurface units at each site are provided below.

Figure 2: Geologic Map
Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 5 4.2.1 PUMP STATION #3 (PLEASANT VALLEY ROAD)
The subsurface conditions encountered in boring 24HA-01 at the Pump Station #3 site consisted of artificial fill (Af) overlying alluvium (Qa) to the maximum depth explored of 5.5 feet below the ground surface.

Artificial Fill (af). Artificial fill consisted of a pavement section of 3 inches of asphalt concrete over 6 inches of aggregate base. Fill soil consisting of medium dense clayey sand was encountered below the pavement section to a depth of approximately 3 feet deep. The artificial fill was underlain by alluvium.

Alluvium (Qa): Alluvium consisting of medium stiff sandy lean clay was encountered beneath the artificial fill to the maximum depth explored of 5.5 feet below the ground surface.

Table 1 provides a summary of the laboratory test results performed on the encountered subsurface units encountered in boring 24HA-01 at Pump Station #3.

Table 1: Geotechnical Properties1 Test Summary for Pump Station #3

4.2.2 PUMP STATION #5 (WOOD ROAD)
The subsurface conditions encountered boring 24HA-02 at the Pump Station #5 site consisted of artificial fill (af) overlying alluvium (Qa) to the maximum depth explored of 5.5 feet below the ground surface.

Artificial Fill (af). Artificial fill consisted of a pavement section of 4 inches of asphalt concrete over 6 inches of aggregate base. Fill soil consisting of medium dense clayey sand was encountered below the

1 Geotechnical properties are noted for dry unit weight (γd) and moisture content (wo); particle size as percent gravel (G), sand size (S) and fines content (F); electrical resistivity (ρ) in ohm-centimeters (Ω-cm), soluble sulfates (SO42-) and soluble chlorides (Cl-); Expansion Index (EI); Atterberg liquid limit (LL) and plasticity index (PI); effective friction angle (φ ’) or cohesion (c’) in kips per square foot measured from direct shear - peak (ds).

Geologic
Unit
Dry Unit
Wt.
(pcf)
Moisture
Content
(%)
Particle Size
Analyses
(%G, %S, %F)
Atterberg
Limits
LL, PI
Shear Strength
Parameters Other
Artificial Fill
(af) -- -- -- -- -- Wopt = 10%
𝛾𝛾𝑑𝑑,𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 127 pcf
Alluvium
(Qa) 116.9 12
1 G
37 S
61 F
33 LL
18 PI
𝜙𝜙′ = 40°
𝑐𝑐′ = 0.07 ksf
pH = 7.48
ρ = 481 Ω-cm
SO42- = 1,992 mg/kg
Cl- = 21 mg/kg
EI = 41
Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 6 pavement section to a depth of approximately 3 feet deep. The artificial fill was underlain by alluvium.

Alluvium (Qa): Alluvium consisting of medium stiff sandy lean clay and lean clay with sand was encountered beneath the artificial fill to the maximum depth explored of 5.5 feet below the ground surface.

Table 2 provides a summary of the laboratory test results performed on the encountered subsurface units encountered in boring 24HA-02 at Pump Station #5.

Table 2: Geotechnical Properties Summary for Pump Station #5

4.3 GROUNDWATER
Groundwater was not encountered in the borings performed by Yeh for this project to the maximum depths of 5.5 feet at each site.

4.3.1 PUMP STATION #3 (PLEASANT VALLEY ROAD)
Groundwater was not encountered in the borings referenced from OGI (2020) up to 11.5 feet deep near Pump Station #3. Groundwater was noted on GPI (2018) boring logs as shallow as 6 feet below the ground surface. The Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Camarillo 7.5’ Quadrangle shows a historic high depth to groundwater of approximately 10 feet below ground surface in the vicinity of Pump Station #5 sites (CGS 2002).

4.3.2 PUMP STATION #5 (WOOD ROAD)
Groundwater was encountered in the borings referenced from OGI (2020) up to 11.5 feet deep near Pump Station #3. Groundwater was noted on GPI (2018) boring logs as shallow as 6 feet below the ground surface. The Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Camarillo 7.5’ Quadrangle shows a historic high depth to groundwater of approximately 10 feet below ground surface in the vicinity of Pump Station #5 sites (CGS 2002).

Geologic
Unit
Dry Unit
Wt.
(pcf)
Moisture
Content
(%)
Particle Size
Analyses
(%G, %S,
%F)
Atterberg
Limits
LL, PI
Shear Strength
Parameters Other
Artificial Fill
(af) -- -- -- -- -- Wopt = 10%
𝛾𝛾𝑑𝑑,𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 129 pcf
Alluvium
(Qa) 111.4 15
6 G
37 S
54 F
39 LL
24 PI
𝜙𝜙′ = 34.4°
𝑐𝑐′ = 0.09 ksf
pH = 66.64
ρ = 354 Ω-cm
SO42- = 2,840 mg/kg
Cl- = 24 mg/kg
EI = 57
Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 7 Groundwater is not anticipated to impact the construction of the generator pads. In general, soil moisture and groundwater conditions will vary seasonally and due to changes in storm runoff, irrigation and groundwater pumping in the vicinity of the project sites.

5. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

5.1 SEISMIC DATA
The proposed structures should be designed to resist lateral forces generated by earthquake shaking in accordance with the California Building Code and other relevant codes and applicable design practice. Seismic data presented in Table 4 can be used with the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-16 and other consensus standards.

Each pump plant site is classified as a Site Class D per Table 20.3-1 in ASCE 7-16, based upon field blow counts. Yeh estimated seismic data in accordance with ASCE 7-16, Chapter 15 using an interactive web tool provided by the Structural Engineers Association of California (SEAOC, 2024).

This interface queries the United States Geological Survey (USGS) seismic design map data and returns the appropriate design parameters in report format. Table 4 presents seismic data estimated for the three pump plant sites. A mean deaggregated magnitude was also estimated for each site using the USGS Unified Hazard Tool corresponding to the peak ground acceleration with a 2 percent probability of exceedance in 50 years.

Table 3: Earthquake Ground Motion Parameters for Design Seismic Parameter Pump Station #3 Pump Station #5
Latitude, degrees 34.20602 34.21593
Longitude, degrees -119.06808 -119.09634
Mw, Deaggregated mean magnitude for 2% in 50 years
peak ground acceleration 6.9 6.9
PGAm, Mapped MCEr peak ground acceleration
modified for site class effects 0.871 0.934
Site Class D, Stiff Soil D, Stiff Soil
Ss, Mapped MCEr 2spectral acceleration parameter at
short periods 1.664 1.768
S1, Mapped MCEr spectral acceleration parameter at 1
second period 0.616 0.655
Fa, Short period site coefficient 1.2 1.2
Fv, Long period site coefficient 1.7 1.7
SMS, Mapped MCEr spectral acceleration parameter at
short periods, adjusted for site effects 1.996 2.121

2 Risk targeted maximum considered earthquake ground motion response acceleration, oriented in the direction of maximum response in the horizontal plane.

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 8 Seismic Parameter Pump Station #3 Pump Station #5
SM1, Mapped MCEr spectral acceleration parameter at
1 second period adjusted for site effects 1.047 1.113
SDS, Design spectral acceleration parameter at short
periods 1.331 1.414
SD1. Design spectral acceleration parameter at 1
second period 0.6981 0.7423
TL, long period transition period 8 seconds 8 seconds

5.1.1 LIQUEFACTION/SEISMIC SETTLEMENT
Seismic liquefaction refers to the loss of soil strength due to excess pore water pressures generated during an earthquake. This can lead to global and/or local instabilities and settlement as pore pressures dissipate and soil particles re-consolidate. Liquefaction typically occurs in loose sands/granular soil that are saturated at the time of an earthquake. Cohesive soil, such as high plasticity clays and silts, are not considered susceptible to liquefaction but may still have strength loss from dynamic loading due to cyclic softening. Unsaturated granular soils, including engineered fills, may densify from earthquake shaking – referred to as dry seismic settlement.

The estimated potential for liquefaction to impact the pump station sites was evaluated using data from OGI (2020) and GPI (2018). Five CPT soundings from GPI (2018) extended 20 to 40 feet below the ground surface and that data are the primary basis of the liquefaction estimates. GPI (2018) estimated up to 2-inches of potential settlement from liquefaction using a design earthquake of magnitude 7.0, a PGA of 1.024, and a groundwater depth of 10 feet. The recommended site preparation and compaction below the g enerator pads will help to limit surface impacts from potential liquefaction . No special mitigation to address the liquefaction potential is recommended for design of the generator pads or utility trenches.

5.1.2 S

URFACE FAULT RUPTURE
Surface fault rupture refers to when fault breakage within the earth’s crust propagates to the ground surface. This causes large displacements and subsequent structural damage; however not all earthquakes will result in surface rupture. The Alquist-Priolo Act prohibits siting structures designed for human occupancy over active fault traces, defined as having movement in the last 11,700 years (Holocene time).

Neither pump station site is located within a designated Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone per California Geological Survey published seismic hazard zone maps (CGS 2021a). A trace of the Camarillo fault is located approximately 2,575 feet north of Pump Station #3. A trace of the Springville fault is located approximately 3,000 feet north of Pump Station #5. Both faults are part of the active Simi Santa Rosa fault zone. The Simi-Santa Rosa fault zone is dominated by moderate to high-angle north-dipping reverse faults that probably also have a left-lateral component of Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 9 displacement (Treiman, 1997). No special mitigation to address surface fault rupture (such as structure setbacks) is recommended for the design of the generator pads or utility trenches.

5.1.3 ADDITIONAL GEOLOGIC HAZARD CONSIDERATIONS
Strong ground motion can result in thrust, shear, and compression forces that can displace, or damage at-grade structures or buried pipes. There is little guidance to identify methods to accurately design for or mitigate the potential for damage to buried pipes in response to an earthquake. It is our experience that soft fixes, such as incorporating unmitigable hazards into the operations and emergency response plans for the facility, are the most common methods of addressing these hazards. Otherwise, the hazard is recognized and for the purpose of design no mitigation is considered and the evaluation and response to such a hazard is considered to be a part of the overall disaster response plans for the agency.

5.2 E

ARTHWORK - GENERAL

5.2.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Clearing and grubbing should be performed to remove existing vegetation and objectionable material from improvement areas that will be graded, receive fill, or serve as borrow sources. Grubbing should include removing stumps, roots, vines, fencing and buried vegetation. Care should be taken not to injure trees, plants, or existing improvements outside of the clearing limits. Soil containing pavement, debris, organics, unsuitable, loose, or disturbed material should be removed prior to placing fill.

Demolition areas should be cleared of old foundations, existing fill, pavement, abandoned utilities, and soil disturbed during clearing and grubbing. Depressions left from the removal or demolition of materials should be replaced with compacted fill.

5.2.2 C

OMPACTION AND GRADING
Fill placement and grading operations should be performed according to the recommendations of this report. Table 5 provides a summary of the levels of compaction recommended for areas where fill placement could occur. Relative compaction should be assessed according to the latest approved edition of ASTM Standard Test Method D1557.

Table 4: Recommended Relative Compaction
Location of Fill Placement Recommended Minimum
Relative Compaction
General 90% U.O.N.3
Utility trench bedding, pipe zone or backfill 90%

3 U.O.N. – unless otherwise noted.

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 10 Location of Fill Placement Recommended Minimum
Relative Compaction
Fill or backfill placed within 3 feet of finished grade in pavement areas or beneath structures 95%
Asphalt concrete, aggregate base, or subbase 95%

5.2.3 FILL PLACEMENT
Jetting or ponding should not be permitted for placement or compaction of fill materials. Fill materials should be moisture conditioned and spread in lifts that are suitable for compaction with the equipment being used. Control of compaction layer thickness will be necessary to achieve compaction throughout the material being placed. Fill should typically be spread in loose lifts of approximately 8 inches or less, and within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, to achieve the recommended compaction.

The moisture content of the material should be such that the specified compaction can be achieved in a firm and stable condition. Each layer should be spread evenly, bladed, and mixed to provide relative uniformity of material within each layer, and be moisture conditioned by adding water or drying the material to provide a moisture content suitable for compaction. Soft or yielding materials should be removed and replaced with properly compacted fill material prior to placing the next layer of fill. Fill and backfill materials may need to be placed in thinner lifts to achieve the recommended compaction with the equipment being used.

Particles greater than half the compacted lift thickness can limit compactive effort. The fill should not contain rocks, gravel, or other solid particles larger than 4 inches in the greatest dimension.

Deleterious materials, such as soft rock particles, concrete or pavement rubble, metal, glass, or sharp objects should not be placed within the fill material being placed. Recycled or reused materials should only be used and placed within the fill when specifically permitted by the project specifications. Rocks should not be nested, and voids should be filled with compacted fill material.

5.2.4 E

ROSION AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS
Drainage should be provided such that surface water does not run over slopes or pond on pavements, slabs, or adjacent to foundations. Downspouts should be provided to collect roof drainage and direct surface water to drainage pipes or areas away from foundation areas.

Concentrated flows and runoff should not be permitted to discharge on slopes. Down drains, solid pipes, or lined ditches should be provided to carry water to the base of the slope. Energy dissipation and erosion control devices should be provided at the outlet of drain pipes and in areas of concentrated runoff to reduce the potential for erosion. Landscaping and maintenance of graded areas and slopes should be provided to assist the establishment of suitable vegetation and reduce the potential for erosion.

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 11 5.2.5 SUGGESTED MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
“Standard Specifications” refers to the 2021 edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction published by the “Greenbook” Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc. (Public Works Standards, Inc. 2021). “City Specifications” refers to the Manual of Standard Specifications for Design and construction Standards by the Camarillo Sanitary District, Camarillo, California (2015). The following specifications are suggested for materials referenced in various sections of this report.

Aggregate Base. Aggregate base shall consist of imported material conforming to Section 200-2.2 of the Standard Specifications for Crushed Aggregate Base.

Asphalt Concrete. Asphalt concrete paving shall conform to Class B-AR-4000 for the Structural Section and C2-AR-4000 for the cap, as listed in the Standard Specifications.

General Fill. Compacted fill not otherwise classified shall consist of imported material free of organics, oversize rock (greater than 3 inches), trash, debris, corrosive, and other deleterious materials and meet the criteria in the Section 300-4 of the Standard Specifications for Unclassified Fill. Fill and borrow sources shall be reviewed by the geotechnical professional before being imported to the site. Imported fill materials shall contain no more than 35 percent fines (percent of soil finer than the No. 200 sieve), shall have a plastic index less than 20, and comply with all specified requirements for the material as placed at the site.

Gravel. Aggregate for trench stabilization or pipe bedding shall consist of imported gravel or crushed rock that is free of clay, organic, corrosive, trash, debris, recycled or reclaimed material, and other deleterious substances. The gravel shall have a durability index of at least 40 when tested according to ASTM D3744. The gradation of the gravel shall conform to ASTM C-33 Number 8 aggregate (3/8- inch gravel). Gravel for trench stabilization shall be fully encased in a geotextile fabric for separation.

Structure Backfill. Compacted fill material to be placed in foundation areas and behind retaining walls shall consist of on-site soil or similar imported sandy material free of organic, oversize rock (greater than 3 inches), trash, debris, corrosive, and other deleterious materials. Imported fill should have an expansive index less than 40 when tested according to ASTM D4829 and at least 70 percent material passing the U.S. Standard No. 4 sieve.

5.2.6 R

EUSE OF EXCAVATED ONSITE MATERIAL
Select material needed for the project includes structure backfill, trench backfill, pipe bedding, pipe zone material, and aggregate base. The borings for this project encountered clayey sand and sandy clay within the anticipated depths of excavation. The soil encountered within the anticipated depths Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 12 of excavation are suitable for reuse as general fill and trench backfill outside of pavement areas.

Onsite soil may be reused as structure backfill below the mat slab.

Oversize rock, organics, layers of fine-grained soil, or deleterious material may need to be removed from the excavated soil to comply with the recommended material specification provided in Section

5.2.5. The excavated material should not be considered suitable for reuse as select material for pipe bedding, pipe zone material, aggregate base, structure fill, or drainage material.

5.3 GENERATOR PADS AT PUMP STATION #3 AND #5

5.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND GRADING
The existing soil should be over excavated a minimum of 3 feet below existing grade or 2 feet below the lowest proposed foundation element, whichever is deeper. The excavation should extend 3 feet beyond the footprint of the proposed foundation. The horizontal extents may be limited to the edge of existing structural elements that are within the recommended removal and recompaction zone.

Utilities within the removal extents should be protected in place or re-routed to allow for the foundation overexcavation. The exposed subgrade should be reviewed by the geotechnical professional. Loose, saturated, or unstable material should be removed and replaced with compacted fill. The exposed subgrade can be then scarified to a depth of 9 inches, moisture conditioned to within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, and recompacted to at least 95% relative compaction.

Compacted general (onsite) fill can then be placed to the finished subgrade.

5.3.2 SHALLOW FOUNDATION DESIGN
The generator equipment pads can be supported on mat slab foundations bearing in compacted fill prepared according to the recommendations of this report. The foundations should be designed for a maximum allowable bearing capacity of 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf). Shallow spread footings should be embedded at least 1.5 feet below the exterior grade adjacent to the footing or below the finished floor elevation, whichever is deeper. Continuous footings should be at least 1-foot wide.

Thickened slab or mat foundations should be embedded at least 12 inches below lowest adjacent finished grade. The recommended allowable bearing pressure can be increased by one-third when considering seismic or other transient loading conditions.

5.3.3 S

ETTLEMENT
Yeh estimates that the total static settlement from an applied contact pressure equal to the maximum allowable bearing pressure will be less than 1 inch. The differential settlement is estimated to be less than ½ inch over the minimum distance between foundation elements.

Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 13 5.3.4 LATERAL RESISTANCE
Resistance to lateral loading can be provided by sliding friction acting on the base of the spread footings combined with passive pressure acting on the sides of the foundations bearing in compacted fill. A coefficient of friction of 0.35 should be used to estimate the sliding resistance along the bottom of footings bearing in undisturbed alluvium. A net passive resistance of 300 pounds per cubic foot, equivalent fluid weight, should be used to estimate the lateral resistance acting on the sides of the footings. A 1/3 increase in the passive value can be used when considering short term wind or seismic loads.

Lateral capacity assumes that the soil adjacent to the foundations is properly compacted. Passive and friction components of resistance may be combined for the design without reduction.

5.1 B

URIED UTILITIES AND PIPELINES
The trench design and backfill for buried utilities and pipelines should conform to the Camarillo Sanitary District’s Standard Plates for utility trenches. Bedding, pipe zone, and trench backfill should be compacted to 90 percent relative compaction unless a higher degree of compaction is recommended for the area where the material is being placed. The upper 3 feet of trench backfill in pavement areas should be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction. Where pipes or utilities are to be constructed below structures the bedding, pipe zone and trench backfill materials should be compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction.

Bedding. Bedding material for pipes can be placed on undisturbed soil at the bottom of the trench.

The bedding should have a minimum thickness of 4 inches below the pipe. Pipe zone material should be placed to at least 12 inches above the pipe. The pipe should be placed on the bedding such that the middle of the pipe is in contact with the bedding prior to placing initial backfill within the pipe zone.

Gravel Bedding. Prior to placing bedding material, the foundation support soil exposed at the trench subgrade should be reviewed to allow for proper bedding and stabilization of the subgrade below the trench if needed. Open-graded gravel or crushed rock used as bedding or pipe zone material should be fully encased in geotextile to separate the material from the in-situ soils and subsequent backfill and reduce the potential for migration of soil into the gravel. Gravel or crushed rock bedding material should be provided where the trench bottom is wet or soft. For areas where the trench bottom is soft or yielding, the trench should be deepened to at least 1-foot below the normal bottom of the trench and be refilled with gravel or crushed rock.

Trench Backfill. Trench backfill is fill placed above the pipe zone to the finished grade of the trench or to the bottom of the base of other specified backfill materials (such as the pavement structural Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 14 section or trench patch). Trench backfill can consist of either on-site or imported fill material that complies with the recommendations of this report, and any other requirements for the area where the trench backfill is being placed.

5.2 CORROSION CONSIDERATIONS
Soil corrosion testing was performed on selected samples from the geotechnical explorations. The test results for pH, resistivity, chlorides, and sulfates are presented in Table 1 and Appendix B. Design of the project should consider the corrosivity of the soil test results using appropriate design standards for the proposed pipe materials and associated infrastructure. Reinforced concrete design should consider appropriate standards such as the California Building Code and American Concrete Institute Standards 222 and 318 (ACI 2019a,b). ACI 318 Table 19.3.2.1 provides further guidance on concrete mix design considering various exposure categories.

5.2.1 P
UMP STATION #3
The measured resistivity values of 481 indicate bad soils (group III) based on AWWA (2014) Table 3-3 for steel. The measured pH value of 7.480 is considered neutral. Soil at this is classified as Exposure Classes S2 and C1 per ACI 318 Table 19.3.1.1.

5.2.2 PUMP STATION #5
The measured resistivity values of 354 indicate bad soils (group IV) based on AWWA (2014) Table 3-3 for steel. The measured pH value of 6.64 is considered neutral. Soil at this is classified as Exposure Classes S2 and C1 per ACI 318 Table 19.3.1.1.

5.3 TEMPORARY EXCAVATIONS
The design of temporary slopes or shoring systems needed for construction is the responsibility of the contractor. Temporary slopes should be braced or sloped according to the requirements of (Cal) OSHA. As input to design, the soil encountered at both Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 can be classified as Type B soil. Type B soil can be sloped to 1:1 (horizontal to vertical) for slope heights of up to 20 feet.

The actual slope inclination of temporary slopes will be determined by the contractor’s competent person per OSHA guidelines and the subsurface conditions encountered at the time of construction.

Slopes or shoring systems exceeding 20 feet in height, are not addressed by OSHA, and should be designed by a qualified professional engineer registered with the State of California. If needed, the contractor should submit an excavation and shoring plan for slopes more than 20 feet in height for review by the geotechnical professional prior to beginning the excavation.

Design of shoring systems and/or sloping of excavations should consider adjacent structures and pipelines and loading of shoring systems or excavations. The contractor should submit an excavation Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 15 plan for review by the geotechnical professional prior to beginning the excavation. The excavation plan should include shoring types, implementation, and response/contingency plans for addressing adjacent pipeline trenches and/or infrastructure.

5.4 S

UBGRADE EVALUATION
The geotechnical professional should observe the bottoms of trench and foundation excavations to evaluate whether the exposed subgrade is suitable for fill placement or would need stabilization. The project specifications should provide for review of the subgrade by the geotechnical professional, and for adding stabilization of the foundation material if needed.

5.5 G

RADING OBSERVATION
The geotechnical professional should observe grading operations during construction on behalf of the owner to have reasonable certainty that fill placement and compaction is being performed according to the recommendations of this report and construction specifications. Field density testing should be performed to help evaluate the compaction and moisture content of the materials being placed.

Fill and aggregates delivered to the site, and excavated onsite soil that will be reused as fill or backfill, should be sampled and tested for conformance with gradation and quality requirements, and submittals for the recommended materials should be reviewed for conformance before being used on the project. The frequency and locations of the tests should be at the discretion of the geotechnical professional. The project specifications should include provisions for the contractor to allow for testing and to provide any shoring, ingress-egress, or traffic control needed to safely perform the testing at the locations and depths needed.

6. LIMITATIONS
This study has been conducted in general accordance with currently accepted geotechnical practices in this area for use by the client for design purposes. The conclusions and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from field reconnaissance, drilling and sampling by others, and our understanding of the proposed project and type of construction described in this report. If there are any changes in the project or site conditions, Yeh should review those changes and provide additional recommendations, if needed. Any modifications to the recommendations of this report or approval of changes made to the project should not be considered valid unless they are made in writing. The report and drawings contained in this report are intended for design-input; and are not intended to act as construction drawings or specifications.

Site conditions will vary between points of observation or sampling, seasonally, and with time. The nature and extent of subsurface variations across the site may not become evident until excavation is performed. If during construction, fill, soil, or water conditions appear to be different from those described in this report, Yeh should be advised and provided the opportunity to evaluate those Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 16 conditions and provide additional recommendations, if necessary. The geotechnical professional should observe portions of the construction and site conditions, such as excavations, exposed subgrades and earthwork, to evaluate whether or not the conditions encountered are consistent with those assumed for design, and to provide additional recommendations during construction, if needed.

7. REFERENCES
American Concrete Institute. (ACI 2019a). Protection of Metals in Concrete Against Corrosion, ACI 222R-01.

American Concrete Institute. (ACI 2019b). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, ACI 318-19.

American Society of Civil Engineers. (ASCE 2016). Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE Standard 7-16.

American Water Works Association. (AWWA 2014). External Corrosion Control for Infrastructure Sustainability, 3rd Edition, Manual for Water Supply Practices M27.

California Building Code (CBC 2022). 2021 California Building Code, https://archive.org/details/gov.ca.bsc.title24.2016.02.2 California Geological Survey. (CGS 2002). “Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Camarillo 7.5-Minute Quadrangle,” Report No. 054
California Geological Survey. (CGS 2021a). EQZapp: California Earthquake Hazards Zone Application.

Interactive web tool. https://www.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/geohazards/eq-zapp. Accessed May 6, 2024.

California Geologic Survey. (CGS 2021b). Fault Activity Map of California. Interactive web tool. ht
tps://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/fam/. Accessed May 6, 20 24.

Geotechnical Professionals Inc, (GPI) (2018) Response to comments on Report of Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Industrial Development, Camarillo, California Kennedy Jenks (2024), Technical Memorandum Camarillo Sanitary District Pump Station 3 & 5 Emergency Power Upgrades.

Oakridge Geoscience, Inc (OGI) (2020), Geotechnical Report, ST-5006 Pleasant Vally Road Bilke Lanes CML-5393(036), Camarillo, California, dated May.

Manual of Standard Specifications for Design and Construction Standards by the Camarillo Sanitary District, Camarillo, California (2015)
Geotechnical Report Project No. 224-081
Camarillo Generator Replacement at Pump Station Sites #3 and #5 July 16, 2024 17 Seed, R. B., Cetin, K. O., Moss, R. E. S, Kammerer A. M., Wu, J., Pestana, J. M., Riemer, M. F., Sancio, R.

B., Bray, J. D., Kayen, R. E., and Faris, A. (2003). “Recent Advances in Soil Liquefaction Engineering:

A Unified and Consistent Framework.” Proc: 26th Annual ASCE Los Angeles Geotechnical Spring Seminar
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2021) “Greenbook”.

Structural Engineers Association of California. (2021). Seismic Design Map Tool. Interactive web tool. https://www.seaoc.org/page/seismicdesignmaptool. Accessed April 29, 2024.

Treiman, J.A., 1997, Springville, Camarillo and related faults in the Camarillo and Santa Paula quadrangles, Ventura County, California: California Division of Mines and Geology Fault Evaluation Report FER-237
United States Geological Survey. (2021). Unified Hazard Tool. Interactive web tool. https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/qfaults/map/#qfaults. Accessed April 29, 2024.

LEGEND:

Yeh 2023 Explora�on Loca�on (Depth)
Fugro, 2004 Explora�on Loca�on (Depth)
Fugro, 1998 Explora�on Loca�on (Depth)
Overhead Walkway
Sedimenta�on/Filtra�on
Building
Proposed Disinfection
Equipment
3'-0" MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED
3'-0" MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED
HSC
2'-3" x 1'-10"

FOOTPRINT REQUIRED

SERVICE
TROUGH

CONCRETE PAD
3'-0"
MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED

POWER DISTRIBUTION

CENTER (PDC)

LEVEL SENSOR

CONTROL BOX (LCP)
SCC

STAGING AREA

REMOVABLE GRATING
(TYPICAL)

CABLE MANAGEMENT

BRACKET
1A1B BANKS:

FLOW
LCP
FLOW

LOW LEVEL
SENSOR
PDC 1A-1D
HSC 1A-1D
4'-0 1/4"

LEVEL CONTROL WEIR

OVERALL LENGTH OF
382.8" REQUIRED.
1C1D
5'-1 1/8"

ON-LINE UV

TRANSMITTANCE

CONTROLLER

ON-LINE UV

TRANSMITTANCE
SENSOR

1. DO NOT SLOPE CHANNEL FLOOR.

2. CHANNEL WIDTH MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF -/+11 2" AT
UV BANK FRAME AND -/+¼" FOR REST OF CHANNEL.

3. ALL CHANNEL ELEVATIONS MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF -/+¼" AGAINST A COMMON DATUM ELEVATION.

4. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL MANUFACTURER TECHNOLOGIES

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION.

5. EFFLUENT LEVELS SHOWN REFLECT HYDRAULICS ASSOCIATED
WITH TROJAN EQUIPMENT ONLY. EFFLUENT LEVELS MAY BE
ALTERED DUE TO CHANNEL DEBRIS OR GEOMETRY.

6. HYDRAULIC HOSE ELEVATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 12" ABOVE HSC MOUNTING ELEVATION.

7. INCLUDED CABLE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 27.0' ROUTING (RISE + RUN)

BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND UNDERSIDE
OF PDC. (9.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.)

8. INCLUDED HOSE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 14.5' ROUTING (RISE + RUN)

BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND HOSE
CONNECTION ON THE HSC. (13.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON
THIS LAYOUT.)

9. SITE TO PROVIDE APPROVED (ENGINEERED) ANCHOR POINTS FOR

PERSONNEL TO USE AS PART OF THEIR FALL RESTRAINT SYSTEM AROUND OPEN CHANNELS. THE ANCHOR POINTS MUST BE

POSITIONED SO THAT THE PREFERRED RETRACTABLE LIFELINE OF 8 FEET IS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCESS THE WORK AT THE CHANNEL.
**SOLID GRATING REQUIRED TO BLOCK ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LIGHT.

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
DESIGNED BY:

DRAWING NO.

SHEET
DRAWN BY:

CHECKED BY:

DATE NO.REVISIONSAPPD.

WATERWORKS DISTRICT NO. 1

VENTURA COUNTY
DATE
DATE

DATE AGENCY DIRECTOR, PUBLIC WORKS AGENCY

DIRECTOR, WATER AND SANITATION DEPARTMENT

PROJECT MANAGER
OF
SHEET
--

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS AN INTERIM DOCUMENT AND NOT SUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTION. AS AN INTERIM DOCUMENT, IT MAY CONTAIN DATA THAT

IS POTENTIALLY INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE AND IS NOT TO BE RELIED UPON WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE PREPARER.

PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASE
30% SUBMITTAL
-
-
-

DISINFECTION MODERNIZATION DESIGN

UV TOP AND SECTIONAL PLANS
X-X
pw:\\kjce-pw.bentley.com:kjce-pw\Documents\Clients\Ventura County Waterworks District No. 1\Projects\Disinfection Modernization Design_2344402.00\10-Design\10.06-Drawings\Mechanical-Process\2344402.00-M-002 X
-
A
-
B
Diversion Structure
3'-0" MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED
3'-0" MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED
HSC
2'-3" x 1'-10"

FOOTPRINT REQUIRED

SERVICE
TROUGH

CONCRETE PAD
3'-0"
MIN

CLEARANCE

REQUIRED

POWER DISTRIBUTION

CENTER (PDC)

LEVEL SENSOR

CONTROL BOX (LCP)
SCC

STAGING AREA

REMOVABLE GRATING
(TYPICAL)

CABLE MANAGEMENT

BRACKET
1A1B BANKS:

FLOW
LCP
FLOW

LOW LEVEL
SENSOR
PDC 1A-1D
HSC 1A-1D
4'-0 1/4"

LEVEL CONTROL WEIR

OVERALL LENGTH OF
382.8" REQUIRED.
1C1D
5'-1 1/8"

ON-LINE UV

TRANSMITTANCE

CONTROLLER

ON-LINE UV

TRANSMITTANCE
SENSOR

1. DO NOT SLOPE CHANNEL FLOOR.

2. CHANNEL WIDTH MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF -/+11 2" AT
UV BANK FRAME AND -/+¼" FOR REST OF CHANNEL.

3. ALL CHANNEL ELEVATIONS MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF -/+¼" AGAINST A COMMON DATUM ELEVATION.

4. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL MANUFACTURER TECHNOLOGIES

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION.

5. EFFLUENT LEVELS SHOWN REFLECT HYDRAULICS ASSOCIATED
WITH TROJAN EQUIPMENT ONLY. EFFLUENT LEVELS MAY BE
ALTERED DUE TO CHANNEL DEBRIS OR GEOMETRY.

6. HYDRAULIC HOSE ELEVATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 12" ABOVE HSC MOUNTING ELEVATION.

7. INCLUDED CABLE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 27.0' ROUTING (RISE + RUN)

BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND UNDERSIDE
OF PDC. (9.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.)

8. INCLUDED HOSE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 14.5' ROUTING (RISE + RUN)

BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND HOSE
CONNECTION ON THE HSC. (13.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON
THIS LAYOUT.)

9. SITE TO PROVIDE APPROVED (ENGINEERED) ANCHOR POINTS FOR

PERSONNEL TO USE AS PART OF THEIR FALL RESTRAINT SYSTEM AROUND OPEN CHANNELS. THE ANCHOR POINTS MUST BE

POSITIONED SO THAT THE PREFERRED RETRACTABLE LIFELINE OF 8 FEET IS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCESS THE WORK AT THE CHANNEL.
**SOLID GRATING REQUIRED TO BLOCK ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LIGHT.

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
DESIGNED BY:

DRAWING NO.

SHEET
DRAWN BY:

CHECKED BY:

DATE NO.REVISIONSAPPD.

WATERWORKS DISTRICT NO. 1

VENTURA COUNTY
DATE
DATE

DATE AGENCY DIRECTOR, PUBLIC WORKS AGENCY

DIRECTOR, WATER AND SANITATION DEPARTMENT

PROJECT MANAGER
OF
SHEET
--

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS AN INTERIM DOCUMENT AND NOT SUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTION. AS AN INTERIM DOCUMENT, IT MAY CONTAIN DATA THAT

IS POTENTIALLY INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE AND IS NOT TO BE RELIED UPON WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE PREPARER.

PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASE
30% SUBMITTAL
-
-
-

DISINFECTION MODERNIZATION DESIGN

PROJECT MANAGER

PREPARED BY CHECKED BY PLATE

REVISION DATE

PROJECT NAME
222-544
1-17-2024
D. Pollard L. Berry
L. Berry

FIELD EXPLORATION PLAN
Disinfac�on Facility Moderniza�on Moorpark Water Reclama�on Facili�y PLATEPROJECT NAME:

PROJECT NUMBER: REVISION DATE:

Geotechnical • Geological • Construction Services
Af Af Af
Qa1 Qa1 Qa1Qa1
Qa2
Qa2
QaQaaa11Q QQQaaQaa1a1a1 QQaQQaQa11111111 QaQa1a11QQ
400
380
360
340
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
400
380
360
340
320
ELEVATION, NAVD88 (FEET)
A
North
A’
South
320

DISTANCE (FEET)
Qa2QQ
Q2
1111aaQaQ
ELEVATION, NAVD88 (FEET)
1 in. = 20 ft. vertical

PROFILE
1 in. = 5 ft. horizontal
Proposed UV Channel
influent pipe
eﬄuent pipe
2 222-544 07.08.24

INTERPRETED SUBSURFACE PROFILE
Disinfecı on Facility Modernizaı on Moorpark
Water Reclamaı on Facility
Interpreted groundwater
surface, queried
where uncertain
Groundwater level
encountered
See text and logs of exploration for description of subsurface conditions.

All boundaries and locations are approximate.

Geologic contact, queried
where uncertain
?
?
Af
Qa1
Qa2
LEGEND:

Sand Alluvial Unit:
silty SAND(SM), poorly graded

SAND(SP)
Articial Fill: silty SAND(SM)
Clay Alluvial Unit:
lean and fat CLAY( CL and CH)
TOP HOLE ELEV.

HOLE I.D.

LOCATION

MATERIAL CHANGE

ESTIMATED MATERIAL
CHANGE

SOIL/ROCK BOUNDARY

BORING DATE
? ? ?
? ?
200
feet
North
Proposed Disinfec. on Equipment
02-10-9802-10-98
DH-4
05-25-2305-25-23
GWS ElevGWS Elev
377.1' 377.1'
23E-01
8 8
05-25-2305-25-23
23E-02
8 GWS Elev GWS Elev
372.4'372.4'

APPENDIX A - BORING LOGS

DATE
7/10/2023

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Permeability (ASTM 5084)

SILTY, CLAYEY SAND
Group Names
SC-SM
Graphic / Symbol Graphic / Symbol Group Names
Standard California Sampler (2.5" O.D.)
C
CL
CP
CR
CU
Corrosion, Sulfates, Chlorides (CTM 643; ASTM
D4972, ASTM G187, ASTM D4327)
Compaction Curve (ASTM D1557)
Direct Shear (ASTM D3080)
Expansion Index (ASTM D4829)
PP
PM
PL
RS Torsional Ring Shear (ASTM D6467)
PI
PA
P
OC
M

GRAVELLY ORGANIC SILT
GRAVELLY ORGANIC SILT with SAND

ORGANIC SILT
Well-graded SAND with CLAY and GRAVEL
(or SILTY CLAY and GRAVEL)
SILTY, CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL
CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL
SILTY SAND with GRAVEL

GROUP SYMBOLS AND NAMES

DRILLING METHOD SYMBOLS
OL
EI
GC
GP
GC-GM

SANDY ORGANIC SILT
Lean CLAY with SAND
Lean CLAY with GRAVEL
SANDY lean CLAY with GRAVEL
ORGANIC lean CLAY
GRAVELLY ORGANIC lean CLAY
GRAVELLY ORGANIC lean CLAY with SAND
Fat CLAY
Elastic SILT with GRAVEL
SANDY elastic SILT
SANDY elastic SILT with GRAVEL
GRAVELLY elastic SILT
GRAVELLY elastic SILT with SAND
ORGANIC elastic SILT
SANDY ORGANIC SILT with GRAVEL
CH
MH
OH
OL/OH
Rock Core Grab Sample
R
Poorly graded SAND with SILT and GRAVEL
SANDY lean CLAY
GRAVELLY lean CLAY
ORGANIC lean CLAY with SAND
ORGANIC lean CLAY with GRAVEL
SANDY ORGANIC lean CLAY
SANDY ORGANIC lean CLAY with GRAVEL
Fat CLAY with SAND
Fat CLAY with GRAVEL
SANDY fat CLAY
SANDY fat CLAY with GRAVEL
GRAVELLY fat CLAY
GRAVELLY fat CLAY with SAND
ORGANIC fat CLAY
ORGANIC fat CLAY with SAND
ORGANIC fat CLAY with GRAVEL
SANDY ORGANIC fat CLAY
Elastic SILT with SAND
Well-graded GRAVEL
Poorly graded GRAVEL with SILT
GRAVELLY lean CLAY with SAND
DS
SP-SC
SW
SP
Piston Sampler
SW-SM
SILTY, CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND
CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND
SILTY GRAVEL with SAND
Modified California Sampler (3" O.D.)
GRAVELLY SILT with SAND
SILT
ORGANIC SILT with SAND
ORGANIC SILT with GRAVEL
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, Plasticity Index
(ASTM D4318)
Consolidation (ASTM D2435)
Collapse Potential (ASTM D5333)
Consolidated Undrained Triaxial (ASTM D4767)
Moisture Content (ASTM D2216)
Organic Content (ASTM D2974)
Particle Size Analysis (ASTM D422-63 [2007])
Point Load Index (ASTM D5731)
Standard Penetration Test (SPT) (2" O.D.)
OL
SC
GW
GW-GM
CL
CL-ML
ML
COBBLES and BOULDERS

BOULDERS
PT

SILTY GRAVEL

CLAYEY GRAVEL

SILTY, CLAYEY GRAVEL

SILTY SAND

CLAYEY SAND

SILTY CLAY
SILTY CLAY with SAND
SILTY CLAY with GRAVEL

SANDY SILTY CLAY
SANDY SILTY CLAY with GRAVEL

GRAVELLY SILTY CLAY
GRAVELLY SILTY CLAY with SAND
SILT with SAND
SILT with GRAVEL

SANDY SILT
SANDY SILT with GRAVEL
SANDY ORGANIC fat CLAY with GRAVEL
GRAVELLY ORGANIC fat CLAY
GRAVELLY ORGANIC fat CLAY with SAND
Elastic SILT
ORGANIC elastic SILT with GRAVEL
SANDY elastic ELASTIC SILT

COBBLES
Well-graded GRAVEL with SAND
Well-graded GRAVEL with SILT
Well-graded GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND
(or SILTY CLAY and SAND)
Well-graded SAND with CLAY (or SILTY CLAY)
Poorly graded GRAVEL
Poorly graded GRAVEL with CLAY
(or SILTY CLAY)
Poorly graded SAND with SILT
Poorly graded SAND with CLAY (or SILTY CLAY)
Poorly graded SAND with CLAY and GRAVEL
(or SILTY CLAY and GRAVEL)
Lean CLAY
ORGANIC elastic SILT with SAND
SANDY ORGANIC elastic SILT with GRAVEL
GRAVELLY ORGANIC elastic SILT
GRAVELLY ORGANIC elastic SILT with SAND
GW-GC
GP-GM
GP-GC
GM
Well-graded SAND with SILT
SW-SC
SP-SM

GRAVELLY SILT

ORGANIC SOIL
ORGANIC SOIL with SAND
ORGANIC SOIL with GRAVEL

SANDY ORGANIC SOIL
SANDY ORGANIC SOIL with GRAVEL

GRAVELLY ORGANIC SOIL
GRAVELLY ORGANIC SOIL with SAND
OH
SM
Auger Drilling

FIELD AND LABORATORY TESTS

WATER LEVEL SYMBOLS
Dynamic Cone
or Hand Driven Diamond CoreRotary Drilling
Static Water Level Reading (long-term)
Tubes
Bulk Sample Other (see remarks)
Static Water Level Reading (short-term)
First Water Level Reading (during drilling)
SHEET
1 of 1

SAMPLER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
PEAT
Well-graded GRAVEL with SILT and SAND
Well-graded GRAVEL with CLAY (or SILTY CLAY)
Well-graded SAND
Well-graded SAND with GRAVEL
Well-graded SAND with SILT and GRAVEL
Poorly graded GRAVEL with SAND
Poorly graded GRAVEL with SILT and SAND
Poorly graded GRAVEL with CLAY and SAND
(or SILTY CLAY and SAND)
Poorly graded SAND
Poorly graded SAND with GRAVEL
Pressure Meter
Pocket Penetrometer
R-Value (CTM 301)
Shrinkage Limit (ASTM D427)
Swell Potential (ASTM D4546)
Unconfined Compression - Soil (ASTM D2166)
Unconfined Compression - Rock (ASTM D7012)
Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial
(ASTM D2850)
Vane Shear (AASHTO T 223-96 [2004])
-200
VS
UW
UU
UC
Unit Weight (ASTM D4767, ASTM D7263)
200 Wash (ASTM D1140)
TV
SW
SL
SG
SE
Pocket Torvane
Sand Equivalent (CTM 217)
Specific Gravity (AASHTO T 100)

REPORT TITLE

LEGEND FOR SOIL CLASSIFICATION
Page A-1 of 5
PA (2% G, 68% S, 29% F)
CR (pH = 5.90, r = 958 ohm-cm,
SO4
2-
= 89 mg/kg, Cl
-
= 19 mg/kg)
-200 (1% G, 49% S, 50% F)
-200 (0% G, 74% S, 26% F)
-200 (0% G, 65% S, 36% F)
CU
-200 (0% G, 33% S, 67% F)
-200 (0% G, 25% S, 75% F)
-200 (0% G, 33% S, 67% F)
PI (29 LL, 15 PL, 14 PI)
C
-200 (0% G, 76% S, 24% F)
Rig chatter from 19 to 20-foot depth
PI (59 LL, 19 PL, 40 PI)
C
Shelby Tube refusal at 22-foot
depth

4.0PP
8 5
29 17
17 32
35 104
95 107
94 85
84 SILTY SAND (SM); loose; light yellowish brown; dry; few to little fine, angular to subrounded GRAVEL; fine SAND; some low plasticity fines; (ARTIFICIAL FILL (AF)).

Medium dense; brown; moist; trace to few subrounded
GRAVEL.

Loose.

SILTY SAND (SM); loose; brown; moist; trace fine,
subrounded GRAVEL; fine SAND; some low plasticity
fines; (QUATERNARY ALLUVIUM (QA)).

SANDY lean CLAY (CL); stiff; brown; little fine SAND.

Medium stiff.

SILTY SAND (SM); loose; light yellowish brown; moist;
fine SAND; some low plasticity fines.

Fat CLAY (CH); medium stiff; strong brown; moist; few
GRAVEL; trace fine SAND.

Lense of poorly graded SAND (SP); dense, light
yellowish brown, moist, moderately cemented.

A
1 2
3a
3b
4 5a
5b
6a
6b
6c
7 8
100
67 100
100
67 100
100
100
6 9
10 2
3 3
7 6
8 2
3 2
4 5
7 BORING NUMBER
23E-01
BOREHOLE LOCATION (Offset, Station, Line)
--

DURING DRILLING

27.7 ft

AFTER DRILLING (DATE)

25.4 ft on

FINAL BY
N. Simon

DRILL RIG
CME-75
Tremie Bentonite-Cement Grout

DRILLING METHOD
Hollow-Stem Auger
BOREHOLE LOCATION (Lat/Long or North/East and Datum)

34.2695°/-118.93388°

BEGIN DATE
5-25-23

COMPLETION DATE
5-25-23

GROUNDWATER

READINGS

WEATHER NOTES
Sunny, Cool

SURFACE ELEVATION
402.5 ft

LOGGED BY
N. Simon

DRILLER
2R Drilling, Inc.

TOTAL DEPTH OF BORING

50.4 ft

LOCATION DESCRIPTION BACKFILLED WITH

HAMMER TYPE
140 lb. Automatic
~20 ft SE of overhead walkway
ELEVATION (ft)
401
399
397
395
393
391
389
387
385
383
381
379
Remarks
Shear Strength
(ksf)
Blows per foot

PROJECT NUMBER
222-544
(continued)
SHEET
1 of 2
Moisture
Content (%)
DEPTH (ft)

BORING NUMBER
23E-01
Dry Unit Weight
(pcf)

DESCRIPTION
RQD (%)
Sample Number

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Casing Depth
Recovery (%)
Sample Location

REVISION DATE
Material
Graphics
Blows per 6 in.

Drilling Method
5 BR - STANDARD 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V4 JANUARY 2024).GLB 7/8/24 19 6
14 5
12 0
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 Page A-2 of 5
7/8/2023
Groundwater measured at 25.4-feet
BGS after drilling at 10:43 am
Groundwater measured at 27.7-feet
BGS during drilling at 10:05 AM
4 20
108
108
Poorly graded SAND (SP); medium dense; light yellowish
brown; moist; fine SAND; trace low plasticity fines.

Dense; fine to coarse SAND; few fines.

Medium dense to dense; yellowish brown; wet; trace to
few fine, subrounded GRAVEL; fine to medium SAND;
trace to few low plasticity fines.

Dense.

Poorly graded SAND with GRAVEL (SP); medium dense;
little to some fine GRAVEL.

Very dense.

Bottom of borehole at 50.4 ft bgs
This Boring Record was developed in accordance with
the Caltrans Soil & Rock Logging, Classification, and
Presentation Manual (2010) except as noted on the Soil
or Rock Legend or below.
9 10
11 12
13 14
67 100
100
100
67 100
3 7
6 8
29 41
6 14
16 22
23 34
6 10
10 50/5"
ref
ELEVATION (ft)
377
375
373
371
369
367
365
363
361
359
357
355
353
351
349
Remarks
Shear Strength
(ksf)
Blows per foot

PROJECT NUMBER
222-544
SHEET
2 of 2
Moisture
Content (%)
DEPTH (ft)

BORING NUMBER
23E-01
Dry Unit Weight
(pcf)

DESCRIPTION
RQD (%)
Sample Number

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Casing Depth
Recovery (%)
Sample Location

REVISION DATE
Material
Graphics
Blows per 6 in.

Drilling Method
5 BR - STANDARD 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V4 JANUARY 2024).GLB 7/8/24 13 70
30 57
20 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 37
38 39
40 41
42 43
44 45
46 47
48 49
50 51
52 53
54 55
Page A-3 of 5
7/8/2023
0 to 5-foot depth advanced with
hand-auger to clear utilities
CR (pH = 4.60, r = 640 ohm-cm,
SO4
2-
= 156 mg/kg, Cl
-
= 23
mg/kg)
CP (
D, MAX = 128 pcf, wOPT =
9%)
SE
-200 (0% G, 55% S, 45% F)
PI (43 LL, 18 PL, 25 PI)

1.5PP43 75
SILTY SAND (SM); loose; light yellowish brown; dry; few fine, angular to subrounded GRAVEL; fine SAND; some
low plasticity fines; (ARTIFICIAL FILL (AF)).

Brown; moist; trace fine, subrounded GRAVEL.

Poorly graded SAND (SP); loose; light yellowish brown;
moist; fine SAND; trace low plasticity fines;
(QUATERNARY ALLUVIUM (QA)).

Lean CLAY (CL); stiff; brown with reddish brown and dark brown mottling; moist; locally interbedded with <4" thick layers of Silty SAND (SM); light brown; fine sand.

SANDY lean CLAY (CL); soft to medium stiff; light brown; moist.

Poorly graded SAND (SP); light yellowish brown, fine.

SANDY lean CLAY (CL); soft to medium stiff; light brown; moist.

B
15a
15b
16 17
18 19
20 21a
21b
67 67
100
67 67
67 100
4 3
4 2
2 4
4 4
5 2
2 4
3 2
2 3
4 3
3 3
3 BORING NUMBER
23E-02
BOREHOLE LOCATION (Offset, Station, Line)
--

DURING DRILLING

38.0 ft

AFTER DRILLING (DATE)

29.1 ft on

FINAL BY
N. Simon

DRILL RIG
CME-75
Tremie Bentonite-Cement Grout

DRILLING METHOD
Hollow-Stem Auger
BOREHOLE LOCATION (Lat/Long or North/East and Datum)

34.2694°/-118.93379°

BEGIN DATE
5-25-23

COMPLETION DATE
5-25-23

GROUNDWATER

READINGS

WEATHER NOTES
Sunny, Cool

SURFACE ELEVATION
401.5 ft

LOGGED BY
N. Simon

DRILLER
2R Drilling, Inc.

TOTAL DEPTH OF BORING

51.5 ft

LOCATION DESCRIPTION BACKFILLED WITH

HAMMER TYPE
140 lb. Automatic
~20 ft SE of existing structure
ELEVATION (ft)
400
398
396
394
392
390
388
386
384
382
380
378
Remarks
Shear Strength
(ksf)
Blows per foot

PROJECT NUMBER
222-544
(continued)
SHEET
1 of 2
Moisture
Content (%)
DEPTH (ft)

BORING NUMBER
23E-02
Dry Unit Weight
(pcf)

DESCRIPTION
RQD (%)
Sample Number

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Casing Depth
Recovery (%)
Sample Location

REVISION DATE
Material
Graphics
Blows per 6 in.

Drilling Method
5 BR - STANDARD 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V4 JANUARY 2024).GLB 7/8/24 7 6
9 6
4 7
6 0
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 Page A-4 of 5
7/8/2023
-200 (0% G, 44% S, 56% F)
-200 (0% G, 20% S, 80% F)
PI (39 LL, 17 PL, 22 PI)
C
-200 (0% G, 97% S, 22% F)
Groundwater measured at 29.1 foot
BGS after drilling 1:31 pm
Groundwater measured at 38.1 foot
BGS during drilling
50 foot sampler stuck in auger
33 80
SANDY lean CLAY (CL) (continued).

Poorly graded SAND (SP); dense; light yellowish brown;
moist; trace fine GRAVEL; fine SAND; trace low plasticity fines.

Wet; few fine GRAVEL.

2.4" lens of fine gravel.

Lean CLAY (CL); medium stiff to stiff; light olive brown; moist.

Poorly graded SAND (SP); medium dense; light yellowish
brown, with iron oxide staining; moist to wet; fine SAND; laminated.

Bottom of borehole at 51.5 ft bgs
This Boring Record was developed in accordance with
the Caltrans Soil & Rock Logging, Classification, and
Presentation Manual (2010) except as noted on the Soil
or Rock Legend or below.
22a
22b
22c
23 24
25 26a
26b
27 104
144
0 100
80 67
9 17
17 5
15 23
4 6
5 10
14 14
ELEVATION (ft)
376
374
372
370
368
366
364
362
360
358
356
354
352
350
348
Remarks
Shear Strength
(ksf)
Blows per foot

PROJECT NUMBER
222-544
SHEET
2 of 2
Moisture
Content (%)
DEPTH (ft)

BORING NUMBER
23E-02
Dry Unit Weight
(pcf)

DESCRIPTION
RQD (%)
Sample Number

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Casing Depth
Recovery (%)
Sample Location

REVISION DATE
Material
Graphics
Blows per 6 in.

Drilling Method
5 BR - STANDARD 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V4 JANUARY 2024).GLB 7/8/24 34 38
11 28
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
41 42
43 44
45 46
47 48
49 50
51 52
53 54
55 Page A-5 of 5
7/8/2023

APPENDIX B - RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING

23E-01 A 0.0 BULK -- -- 8 2 68 29 -- -- 5.90 958 89 19 -- -- -- -- -- SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 1 2.5 MCAL 110 104 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 2 5.0 SPT -- -- -- 1 49 50 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 3a 6.5 TUBES -- -- -- 0 74 26 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 3b 8.0 122 95 29 0 65 36 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- CU SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 4 10.0 MCAL 125 107 17 0 33 67 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SANDY lean CLAY (CL) 23E-01 6a 15.0 -- -- -- 0 25 75 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SANDY lean CLAY (CL) 23E-01 6b 15.5 110 94 17 0 33 67 14 29 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- C SANDY lean CLAY (CL) 23E-01 6c 16.3 -- -- -- 0 76 24 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-01 7 17.5 MCAL 112 85 32 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Fat CLAY (CH) 23E-01 8 20.0 113 84 35 -- -- -- 40 59 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- C Fat CLAY (CH) 23E-01 10 30.0 MCAL 112 108 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Poorly graded SAND (SP) 23E-01 12 40.0 MCAL 130 108 20 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Poorly graded SAND (SP) 23E-02 B 0.0 BULK -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.60 640 156 23 128 9 -- -- SE SILTY SAND (SM) 23E-02 16 7.5 SPT -- -- -- 0 55 45 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Poorly graded SAND (SP) 23E-02 17 10.0 MCAL 107 75 43 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Lean CLAY (CL) 23E-02 18 12.5 SPT -- -- -- -- -- -- 25 43 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Lean CLAY (CL) 23E-02 22a 25.0 -- -- -- 0 44 56 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SANDY lean CLAY (CL) 23E-02 22b 25.5 106 80 33 0 20 80 22 39 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- C SANDY lean CLAY (CL) 23E-02 22c 26.5 -- -- -- 0 97 22 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SANDY lean CLAY (CL) Sample Information

SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
Boring
No.

Sample
No.

Depth
(ft)
Atterberg
Max. Dry Unit
Weight, d, MAX, (pcf)
Total Unit Weight, t,
(pcf)
Dry Unit Weight, d,
(pcf)
Moisture
Content (%)
Plasticity Index (PI)
Resistivity
( - cm)
Gravel (%)
Sand (%)
Liquid Limit (LL)
Fines (%)
pH
R-Value
Optimum Moisture
Content (%)
Compaction
Additional Testing
2- (mg/kg)
(mg/kg)Cl-
SO4

Expansion Index
Gradation Corrosion
Sample
Type
Soil/Rock Classification
YEH SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V3 APRIL 2020).GLB 1/15/24

PROJECT MANAGER
L. Berry

CHECKED BY
L. Berry
SHEET
1 of 1

PREPARED BY
N. Simon
PROJECT NO.
222-544

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization

REVISION DATE
12-28-23
Page B-1 of 13
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
TUBES
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 35
40 45
50 55
60 65
70 75
80 85
90 95
100

0.0010.010.1110100
40 50

GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
Specimen Identification
23E-01

0.0 ft

0.0 ft
23E-01
Classification LL PL PI Cc
D30 D10
--
D60
HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE NUMBERSU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES 6 30

PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
3 2 3 6 100140
-- -- --
Specimen Identification

GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION
2004 1.5 1 3/4 1/23/8 4 8 10

29.0 14 20 6016
coarse
SAND
fineCOBBLES GRAVEL
fine coarse medium SILT OR CLAY

SILTY SAND (SM)
%Clay%Sand

67.8 %Gravel %Silt

1.9 D50D100

9.5 0.0820.3570.543
--
Cu
--
YEH SIEVE 222-544_GINT.GPJ CALIFORNIA YEH LIBRARY (YEH V3 APRIL 2020).GLB 12/28/23 SHEET
1 of 1
PROJECT NO.
222-544

PROJECT MANAGER
L. Berry

PREPARED BY
N. Simon

CHECKED BY
L. Berry

REVISION DATE
12-28-23

PROJECT NAME
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Page B-2 of 13
Project Name
Project No. Project Manager
Tested By J. Hutson Checked By Testing Date
Boring No. 23E‐02 Sample No. 18 Depth (ft) 12.5
Dish ID F Moist Soil + Dish (g)
Dish Mass (g) Dry Soil + Dish (g)
Target Range of Blows 40‐30 30‐25 25‐20 20‐10
Actual Number of Blows 35 28 23 15
Dish ID 49 36 16 48
Mass of Dish (g) 22.4 21.3 21.2 22.1
Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 42.7 29.6 31.1 41.2
Mass of
Dry Soil + Dish (g) 36.9 27.1 28.1 35.1
Water Content 40.7% 41.8% 43.7% 46.9%
Dish ID 82 0 Liquid Limit 43
Mass of Dish (g) 21.3 21.4 Plastic Limit 18
Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 29.5 29.3 Plasticity Ind. 25 Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 28.2 28.2
Water Content 18.5% 16.9%
SPECIMEN ID AND CLASSIFICATION
LIQUID LIMIT
USCS Classification & Soil
Description

AASHSTO
Classification CL
Atterberg Limits
PLASTIC LIMIT SUMMARY
Test Method: ASTM D4318
MOISTURE AND DENSITY
Water Content #DIV/0!
222‐544 L. Berry
Moorpark WRF
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
10 100
% Water Content
Number of Blows
Flow Curve
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
0 2 04 06 08 0 1 0 0 1 2 0
Plasticity Index
Liquid Limit
Plasticity Chart
CH or OH
CL or OL MH or OH
ML or OLCL‐ML
Page B-3 of 13
Project Name Project No.

Tested By Testing Date
Boring No. 23E‐01 Sample No. 8 Depth (ft) 21.5 ‐21.75
Soil Description
Target Range of Blows 40‐30 30 ‐25 25 ‐20 20 ‐10
Actual Number of Blows 3 92 72 01 5
Dish ID 44 47 22 31
Mass of Dish (g) 30.73 30.76 30.78 30.86
Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 46.56 44.50 45.72 47.08
Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 40.83 39.43 40.07 40.83
Water Content 56.7% 58.5% 60.8% 62.7%
Dish ID 225 18
Mass of Dish (g) 30.22 30.80

Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 41.49 42.25 Liquid Limt 59 Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 39.64 40.42 Plastic Limit 19 Water Content 19.6% 19.0% Plasticity Ind. 40
Fat CLAY (CH): light brown, moist
LIQUID LIMIT
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Atterberg Limits Measurements
Test Method: ASTM D4318, D2487
Moorpark WRF Modernization 222‐544
PLASTIC LIMIT

SUMMARY
GLF 6/19/2023
SPECIMEN ID AND CLASSIFICATION
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
10 100
% Water Content
Number of Blows
Flow Curve
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Plasticity Index
Liquid Limit
Plasticity Chart

MH/OHCL/OL
CH/OH
CL‐ML ML/OL
Page B-4 of 13
Project Name Project No.

Tested By Testing Date
Boring No. 23E‐02 Sample No. 22 Depth (ft) 25.5 ‐25.75 Soil Description
Target Range of Blows 40‐30 30 ‐25 25 ‐20 20 ‐10
Actual Number of Blows 3 92 72 41 6
Dish ID 86 76 208 34
Mass of Dish (g) 30.56 30.58 30.21 30.91
Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 45.65 45.69 44.12 45.59
Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 41.55 41.52 40.24 41.38
Water Content 37.3% 38.1% 38.7% 40.2%
Dish ID 83 51
Mass of Dish (g) 30.49 30.70

Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 41.06 42.58 Liquid Limt 39 Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 39.53 40.88 Plastic Limit 17 Water Content 16.9% 16.7% Plasticity Ind. 22
Sandy lean CLAY (CL): light brown, moist
LIQUID LIMIT
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Atterberg Limits Measurements
Test Method: ASTM D4318, D2487
Moorpark WRF Modernization 222‐544
PLASTIC LIMIT

SUMMARY
GLF 6/19/2023
SPECIMEN ID AND CLASSIFICATION
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
10 100
% Water Content
Number of Blows
Flow Curve
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Plasticity Index
Liquid Limit
Plasticity Chart

MH/OHCL/OL
CH/OH
CL‐ML ML/OL
Page B-5 of 13
Project Name Project No.

Tested By Testing Date
Boring No. 23E‐01 Sample No. 6 Depth (ft) 15.25 ‐15.5
Soil Description
Target Range of Blows 40‐30 30 ‐25 25 ‐20 20 ‐10
Actual Number of Blows 3 72 72 01 3
Dish ID 32 21 53 52
Mass of Dish (g) 30.75 30.69 30.66 31.09
Mass of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 45.20 48.56 46.35 47.07
Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 42.06 44.60 42.75 43.25
Water Content 27.8% 28.5% 29.8% 31.4%
Dish ID 67 215
Mass of Dish (g) 30.54 30.10
Mas
s of Moist Soil + Dish (g) 42.55 43.32 Liquid Limt 29
Mass of Dry Soil + Dish (g) 40.96 41.54 Plastic Limit 15 Water Content 15.3% 15.6% Plasticity Ind. 14
Lean CLAY with sand (CL): brown, moist
LIQUID LIMIT
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Atterberg Limits Measurements
Test Method: ASTM D4318, D2487
Moorpark WRF Modernization 222‐544
PLASTIC LIMIT

SUMMARY
GLF 6/19/2023
SPECIMEN ID AND CLASSIFICATION
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
10 100
% Water Content
Number of Blows
Flow Curve
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Plasticity Index
Liquid Limit
Plasticity Chart

MH/OHCL/OL
CH/OH
CL‐ML ML/OL
Page B-6 of 13

LABORATORY COMPACTION

CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL
Sample ID/Barcode
Yeh - On-Call Master Agreement
Yeh and Associates, Inc.

Location Detail
23E-2 #B 0-5'
56 E. Main Street
Suite 104
Ventura CA, 93001
5/25/2023
6/6/2023
Date Sampled
Sampled By
6/2/2023
Date Tested
Moorpark WRF Modernization (Yeh Job No. 222-544)
Silty Sand (SM); dark brown, moist
18G
0107
Client Reference No
Project No
Project
Material Description
Material Criteria
Material Source
B
Compaction Method
No
Rock Specific Gravity
Specific Gravity Determination
Wet
Method of Sample Preparation Used
Automatic
2" Round
Type of Compaction Rammer Used
Type of Rammer Face
Rock Correction
Optimum Moisture
127.5

8.7 Maximum Dry Dens
0 5
10 15
20 Moisture %
100
110
120
130
140
Dry Density
Raw Data Pt
Max Pt
Uncorrected Dry Density
Zero Void
Moisture Density Curve
ASTM D1557
Test Standard
Data Pt
Adam Sinutko
Tested By
Manager
Evan Folk

5.4 121.0
Dry
Density
1 2
125.1

7.0 8.8
127.5
3 11.2
120.7
4 Moisture
%
Sieve Analysis

1.0 99.0
+3/8"
+#4
Minus #4
Total
100.0
+3/4"
Sieve Size
%Retained
*
Contractor requested proctor
be run.

Client
No
Rock Replacement
Lab Equipment
System Link
http://umt.vahalo.com/assignments/0692202F-B3B9-4D7A-A3FE-61C0D14F1CE8 Yeh - On-Call Master Agreement / SOILS / AGGREGATE LAB / 0107 Proctor AS230605-1 System Path
Lab Address
2247 Statham Blvd. Oxnard CA, 93033
Test results relate only to the sample tested. This test report shall not reproduced, except in full, without the prior written approval of Union Materials Testing, Inc..

Page B-7 of 13
Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine
Aggregate
Yeh and Associates, Inc.

Yeh and Associates, Inc.
56 E. Main Street
Suite 104
Ventura CA, 93001
Client
Address
Digital Signature By User Login
Digital Signature By User Login
Manager
Evan Folk
Technician
Adam Sinutko
Remarks
Caltrans CT217
Specification
Project
Yeh - On-Call Master Agreement
5/25/2023
Date Sampled
0107
Client Reference No
Project No
Material Source
Material Description
Location Detail
23E-2 #B 0-5'
6/3/2023
Date Tested
Moorpark WRF Modernization (Yeh
Job No. 222-544)
Silty Sand (SM); dark brown, moist
Sampled By
5/25/2023
Sample Rec Date
6/6/2023
Sand Equivalent Value

67.0 Shaker Method
Mechanical Shaker
Client
Prep Method
Dry
Sand Reading Average

1.9 Clay Reading Average

2.8 6/6/2023 6:23:39 PM
1/1
System Link
http://umt.vahalo.com/assignments/25286311-9A9B-4281-2F00-966C4ED35492 Yeh - On-Call Master Agreement / SOILS / AGGREGATE LAB / 0107 SandEquiv AS230605-1 System Path
Lab Address
2247 Statham Blvd. Oxnard CA, 93033
Test results relate only to the sample tested. This test report shall not reproduced, except in full, without the prior written approval of the agency.

Page B-8 of 13
23E-01 ABC
3 --- --- ---

7.8 ft --- --- ---
--- --- ---
Passing #4 (4.75 mm) --- --- ---
--- --- ---

2.70 2.70 2.70
A B C
A B C 0.98 0.98 0.98

10.4% 28.9% 27.0% N/A N/A N/A

90.0 94.7 97.5 0.02 0.02 0.02
32% 100% 100% 10.8 12.2 13.7

0.87 0.78 0.73 10.1 10.1 10.1

2.86 2.84 2.83 0.7 2.2 3.6

5.75 5.57 5.42 0.7 2.0 4.1

3.2 3.2 10.5

28.9% 27.0% 25.6% 1.0 2.7 5.5

94.7 97.5 99.6 0.2 0.7 1.5
100% 100% 100% ND ND ND

0.78 0.73 0.69 6/15/23 6/17/23 6/19/23
SAMPLE ID Estimated Gs
Trial ID
Liquid Limit
Silty SAND (SM): brown,
moist
Passing #200 (0.075 mm)
Plastic Limit
Plastic Index

CLASSIFICATION
Boring Number
Specimen Depth
USCS Classification
Sample Number

PRE-SHEARREMARKS
Diameter, in
Height, in
Void Ratio

INITIAL
Trial ID
Void Ratio
Water Content, %
Saturation, %
Dry Unit Weight, pcf
Test Method: ASTM 4767 (modified for staged testing)
Project: Moorpark WRF Modernization
Tested By: Cal Poly GEO-E Lab Checked By: L. Berry,
Yeh and Associates
Dry Unit Weight, pcf
Water Content, %
Axial Strain @ Failure, %
TEST SUMMARYDate Tested:
σ'3F, ksf
Trial ID
Back Pressure, ksf
Tested By:

B-Parameter
t50, minutes
Strain Rate, %/min
Cell Pressure, ksf
σ'1F, ksf
Consolidation Stress, ksf
Deviator Stress @ Failure, ksf
Saturation, %
0 1
2 3
4 5
0123456789 1 0
q = (1-3)/2, ksf
p' = ('1+'3)/2, ksf
Effective Stress: Φ'= 35°, c'= 0 ksf
Eff. Stress at Max. Obliquity
Total Stress
Eff. Stress at User Defined Strain
Consolidation Stress: 0.7 ksf
Consolidation Stress: 2.2 ksf
Consolidation Stress: 3.6 ksf

CONSOLIDATED UNDRAINED TRIAXIAL TEST
Page B-9 of 13
X YXY
Max Curvature 4 3
Max Curve Tangent 2 2.314802
43 11 4
Horiz Max 4 3
11 3
Bisect 4 3
11 3.5
Virgin 6 1
16 7
Intersect 8.87361 3.393825
Vertical Stress, ksf
---

1.99 ---
---
---
---

2.75 Saturation, %
Boring, Sample
#, Depth

PROPERTIES
Height, in
Void Ratio

SAMPLE ID
Water Content, %
Dry Unit Weight, pcf
USCS Classification:

Diameter, in
Preconsolidation Pressure, ksf
56%

94.2 16.8% Passing #200
Estimated Gs

SUMMARY
23E-01 , #6 , 15.3 ft

REMARKS
Inundation Increment, ksf

0.72 Lean CLAY with sand (CL): brown, moist
Final

0.81 19.7%
Liquid Limit
Plastic Limit
Initial
Test Method: ASTM D2435
Project: Moorpark WRF Modernization
Tested By: Cal Poly GEO-E Lab
Checked By: L. Berry, Yeh and
Associates
Plasticity Index

2.42 106.5
89%

0.61 2.42

0.82 0
2 4
6 8
10 12
14 16
18 20

0.1 1 10 100
Strain, %
Vertical Stress, ksf

INCREMENTAL CONSOLIDATION TEST
Page B-10 of 13
X YXY
Max Curvature 4 3
Max Curve Tangent 2 2.314802
43 11 4
Horiz Max 4 3
11 3
Bisect 4 3
11 3.5
Virgin 6 1
16 7
Intersect 8.87361 3.393825
Vertical Stress, ksf
---

1.99 ---
---
---
---

2.75 Saturation, %
Boring, Sample
#, Depth

PROPERTIES
Height, in
Void Ratio

SAMPLE ID
Water Content, %
Dry Unit Weight, pcf
USCS Classification:

Diameter, in
Preconsolidation Pressure, ksf
92%

83.5 35.3% Passing #200
Estimated Gs

SUMMARY
23E-01 , #8 , 21.5 ft

REMARKS
Inundation Increment, ksf

0.76 Fat CLAY (CH): light brown, moist
Final

0.81 33.4%
Liquid Limit
Plastic Limit
Initial
Test Method: ASTM D2435
Project: Moorpark WRF Modernization
Tested By: Cal Poly GEO-E Lab
Checked By: L. Berry, Yeh and
Associates
Plasticity Index

2.42 89.4
100%

0.92 2.42

1.06 0
2 4
6 8
10 12
14 16
18 20

0.1 1 10 100
Strain, %
Vertical Stress, ksf

INCREMENTAL CONSOLIDATION TEST
Page B-11 of 13
X YXY
Max Curvature 4 3
Max Curve Tangent 2 2.314802
43 11 4
Horiz Max 4 3
11 3
Bisect 4 3
11 3.5
Virgin 6 1
16 7
Intersect 8.87361 3.393825
Vertical Stress, ksf
---

1.99 ---
---
---
---

2.75 Saturation, %
Boring, Sample
#, Depth

PROPERTIES
Height, in
Void Ratio

SAMPLE ID
Water Content, %
Dry Unit Weight, pcf
USCS Classification:

Diameter, in
Preconsolidation Pressure, ksf
79%

80.0 32.9% Passing #200
Estimated Gs

SUMMARY
23E-02 , #22 , 25.5 ft

REMARKS
Inundation Increment, ksf

0.71 Sandy lean CLAY (CL): light brown, moist,
blocky structure
Final

0.81 31.1%
Liquid Limit
Plastic Limit
Initial
Test Method: ASTM D2435
Project: Moorpark WRF
ModernizationTested By: Cal Poly
GEO-E Lab Checked By: L. Berry,
Yeh and Associates
Plasticity Index

2.42 90.8
96%

0.89 2.42

1.15 0
2 4
6 8
10 12
14 16
18 20

0.1 1 10 100
Strain, %
Vertical Stress, ksf

INCREMENTAL CONSOLIDATION TEST
Page B-12 of 13
CTL # Date: PJ
Client: Project:

Remarks:

Chloride pH Sulfide Moisture
As Rec. Min Sat. mg/kg mg/kg % Qualitative At Test
Dry Wt. Dry Wt. Dry Wt. EH (mv) At Test by Lead %
Boring Sample, No. Depth, ft. ASTM G57 Cal 643 ASTM G57 ASTM D4327 ASTM D4327 ASTM D4327 ASTM G51 ASTM G200 Temp °C Acetate Paper ASTM D2216 23E-01 A 0-5 - - - 19 89 0.0089 - - - - 8.0 Dark Brown Clayey SAND 23E-02 B 0-5 - - - 23 156 0.0156 - - - - 12.4 Dark Brown Clayey SAND Corrosivity Tests Summary
(Redox)
PJ
222-544
Resistivity @ 15.5 °C (Ohm-cm)
Proj. No:

Checked:6/14/2023
Yeh & Associates
Soil Visual Description
687-197
Moorpark WRF Modernization
Sample Location or ID Sulfate ORP
Tested By:

Page B-13 of 13

APPENDIX C – PREVIOUS DATA

Page C-1 of 2
Page C-2 of 2

APPENDIX
SS-5120-1

APPENDIX C – Owner Provided Equipment Submittals

1. ATS and MTS Pump Station 3 (48 pages)

2. ATS and MTS Pump Station 5 (49 pages)

3. Pump Station 3 (600kw) Generator (109 pages)

4. Station 5 (250 kw) Generator (97 pages)
Equipment ID: XE15370, XE15371
*** Submittals are hold for approval.***
**
No equipment will be ordered until we have approved submittal and customer confirmation to release equipment for manufacturing. ** City of Camarillo PS3
QPS Project Number: 240088
(1)
ASCO 7000 Series Delayed Transition Transfer Switch, 1200 Amp, 277/480 V, 3 Phase, Standby
(1) ASCO 300 Series Manual Transfer Switch, 1200 Amp, 277/480 V, 3 Phase, Standby
Box 227044, Los Angeles, CA 90022-0744
3500 Shepherd St., City of Industry, CA 90601
Phone: (562) 463-6000 Fax: (562) 699-8614
Submittal Package
Project Name
Phone: (562) 463-6073
Email: [email protected]
Project Manager: Brendan Powers
Sales Representative: Allen Abramovitch
Email: [email protected]
Phone: (805) 431-3180
1 Table of Contents
Cover Page ........................................................................1 Delayed Transition Switch BOM Page ............................3 Delayed Transition Switch Detail Page - 1200A.............4 Delayed Transition Switch Outline - 713200-002 ...........5 Delayed Transition Switch Wiring - 713505-847 ............6 Delayed Transition Switch Warranty Page...................13 Delayed Transition Switch Storage Requirements......16
Delayed Transition Switch Brochure ............................17 Manual Transition Switch BOM Page ...........................26 Manual Transition Switch Detail Page - 1200A ............27 Manual Transition Switch Outline - 977100-012..........28 Manual Transition Switch Wiring - 1190022-001..........29 Manual Transition Switch Warranty Page ....................37 Manual Transition Switch Storage Requirements .......40 Manual Transition Switch Brochure .............................41 2 Station 3
Reference Quote: K4-23-570775-1-3
Sales Order: 3232182

TRANSFER SWITCH DETAILS

ATS NAME QTY
AMPS /
POLE S
(VOLTS)

BY PASS TRANSITION

TY PE CATALOG NUMBE R ACCE SSORIE SOUTLINE

DRAWING
WIRING

DIAG RAM
BOM

NUMBE R
1 1200 / 3
(480V ) N/A DELA Y ED H7A DTSA 31200N5X 0 31BG,37B 713200-002 713505-847 1454085 Transfer Switch Withstand and Closing Ratings
300, 4000 & 7000 Series
A TS
NA ME
FRA ME
SIZE

SWITCH RA TING A MPS CURRENT LIMITING FUSES SPECIFIC BREA KER TIME BA SED Short Time Ratings3 (sec)
480V Max. 600V Max.

Transfer
Switches
Bypass
Switches
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

MA X
SIZE, A CLA SS 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. Time(Sec) 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. .13 .2 .3 .5 .1 .13 .3 .5
- H 800 - 1200 800 - 1200 200kA 200kA 16004 L 65kA 150kA 65kA 0.05 50kA 50kA 50kA 36kA - 36kA - NOTES:
1) All WCR values indicated are tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 1008, 7th Edition. 2) Application requirements may permit higher WCR for certain switch sizes. 3) Short Time ratings are provided for applications involving circuit breakers that utilize trip delay settings for system selective coordination
4) Max fuse rating is 1200A on front connected H frame switches 5) The Withstand Rating at 480V is 50kA when coordinated with any breaker capable of clearing a fault current in 0.05 sec or less (time-based rating), 65kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA when coordinated with Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information. IMPORTANT: FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED.
6) ASCO Catalog No. E9403120097X, S/N 472980002, BOM D000490 is obsolete. The proposed ATS is offered to replace it. Please review attached Outline Drawing 713200-002 for dimensions to confirm the ATS can be accommodated by the existing space.
7) For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 713200-002. 3 Station 3
Transfer Switch Details
#1 ATS AMPS: 1200 QTY: 1
Product : 7000 Series Transfer
Switches Catalog Number : H7ADTSA31200N5X0
Service Voltage / Hz : 480V/60Hz Optional Accessories : 31BG,37B Bypass Isolation : Not Applicable Product Description : 7000 Series, Automatic Delayed Transition Transfer Switch
No. of Switched Poles: 3 : 3 Neutral Configuration : Solid [A] Withstand Rating: : See WCR Table Below No. of Cables & Lug Size : 4, #1/0 AWG to 600 MCM
Frame = H, Switch Rating = 1200, Series = 7000
Enclosure : Service : Three Phase, 4-wire
Extended Warranty : Not Included Markings :
# ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS
Accessory Code Description
1 31BG
Status Relay Bundle - Provides 1 relay (3 total) for each of the following statuses, Normal Source Acceptability, Emergency Source Acceptability, Pre & Post Transfer Signal. Each relay has 2 NO/NC (Form C) sets of contacts rated for 6A at 120Vac, 250Vac Max. 2 37B 6 Foot Extension Harness
4 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
5 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
6 ASCO
®
THREE PHASE WIRING FOR 7000 SERIES AUTOMATIC DELAYED TRANSITION TRANSFER SWITCHES TYPE H7ADTS RATED 600, 800, 1000 & 1200 AMPERESASCO ®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
7 ASCO
®
8 NA
LN
NORMAL

NB NC NN
LOAD
LC
LB
LA

EA EB EC EN

EMERGENCY

EMERGENCY
NORMAL
ASCO
®
9 LOAD

EMERGENCY
NORMAL
ASCO
®
10 GROUP 5 CONTROL PANEL

DUAL OPERATOR CONTROL MODULE
72*
ASCO
®
11 ASCO
®
12 Internal
General ASCO Power Technologies, LP products and systems are in our opinion the finest available. We take pride in our products and are pleased that you have chosen them. Under certain circumstances we offer with our products the following Limited Guardian Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship.

Please read your Guardian Warranty carefully. This Warranty sets forth our responsibilities in the unlikely event of defect and tells you how to obtain performance under this Warranty.

Limited Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship:

Terms of Warranty The following Limited Warranty is conditioned upon user’s compliance with the following:

1. The ASCO 7000 Power Transfer Switch is installed in accordance with ASCO specifications and state and local codes and standards by an electrician licensed in the state of installation.

2. The ASCO 7000 Power Transfer Switch is maintained in accordance with ASCO instructions and used under normal conditions for the purposes intended by ASCO.

As provided herein, the ASCO product is warranted to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of two, five, and ten years from date of shipment from ASCO provided that the product has been stored in a suitable environment prior to installation; except, however, for 7AUS, 7AUB, 7APS, 7ARS, 7ASLD, 7ASLE, 7ASUD, 7ASUS, 7ASUB and 7000L products, the warranty period for the circuit breaker shall be two (2) years from date of shipment from ASCO. The product shipment date will be determined only from the ASCO bill of lading. If any part or portion of the ASCO product fails to conform to the Warranty within the Warranty period, ASCO, at its option, will furnish new or factory remanufactured products for repair or replacement of that portion or part.

Years 1 – 2: Covers all replacement parts, labor, and travel expenses necessary to remedy the defects in material and/or workmanship. All warranty repair or replac ement of said equipment will be performed at ASCO’s option at ASCO's service facility location, factory, or user’s installation site by ASCO’s certified service personnel as deemed most practical by ASCO.

Years 3 – 5: Following expiration of the initial two-year warranty period as detailed herein; parts only determined to be defective will be provided at no charge. Customer is responsible for all other related costs (labor and travel expenses). This does not apply to circuit breakers in 7AUS, 7AUB, 7APS, 7ARS, 7ASLD, 7ASLE, 7ASUD, 7ASUS, 7ASUB and 7000L products.

Years 6 – 10: Following expiration of year five warranty period as detailed herein; main contacts only determined to be defective will be provided at no charge. Customer is responsible for all ot her related costs (labor and travel expenses).

This Warranty is given ONLY to purchasers who buy for commercial or industrial use in the ordinary course of each purchaser's business.

Limited Guardian Warranty
7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches
381339-335
10/08/21

Product Description Catalog Code
Automatic Transfer Switch 7ATS, 7ADTS, 7ACTS
Automatic Transfer Bypass - Isolation Switch 7ATB, 7ADTB, 7ACTB Non-Automatic Transfer Switch (Electrically Operated) 7NTS Manual Transfer Switch 7MTS
Service Entrance Transfer Switch (SEATS) 7AUS, 7ADUS, 7ACUS, 7AUB, 7ADUB, 7ACUB, 7APS, 7ARS, 7ASUD, 7ASUS, 7ASUB
Power Transfer Load Center (PTLC) 7000L
Automatic Soft Load Transfer Switch
& Bypass-Isolation Switch 7ASLS, 7ASLD, 7ASLE, 7ASLB
13 Internal
Warranty Extends
To First Purchaser
For Use,
Non-Tra
nsferable
This Warranty is extended to the first person, firm, association, or corporation for whom the ASCO product specified herein is originally installed for use (the "user") in the fifty United States or Canada. This Warranty is not transferable or assignable without the prior written permission of ASCO.

Assignment of
Warranties
ASCO assigns to user any warranties which are made by manufacturers and suppliers of components of, or accessories to, the ASCO product and which are assignable, but ASCO makes no representations as to the effectiveness or extent of such warranties, assumes no responsibility for any matters which may be warranted by such manufacturers or suppliers and extends no coverage under this Warranty to such components or accessories.

Drawings,
Descriptions
ASCO warrants for the period and on the terms of the Warranty set forth herein that the ASCO product will conform to the descriptions contained in the certified drawings, if any, applicable thereto, to ASCO's final invoices, and to applicable ASCO product brochures and manuals current as of the date of product shipment (“descriptions”). ASCO does not control the use of any ASCO product. Accordingly, it is understood that the descriptions are not Warranties of performance and not Warranties of fitness for a particular purpose.

Warranty Claims
Procedure
Within a reasonable time, but in no case to exceed thirty (30) days, after user's discovery of a defect, user shall contact [email protected]. Subject to the limitations specified herein, (i) during the first two years of the warranty, an ASCO service representative will repair the non -conforming ASCO product warranted hereunder without charge for parts, labor, or travel expenses; (ii) during the remainder of the warranty, ASCO will arrange for an ASCO service representative to repair or replace the non -conforming ASCO product warranted hereunder without charge for covered parts, and user shall bear all labor, travel expenses, and shipping charges associated with repair or replacement of the product herein. Warranty coverage will apply only after ASCO’s inspection discloses the claimed defect and shows no signs of treatment or use that would void the coverage of this Warranty. All defective products and component parts replaced under this warranty become the property of ASCO.

Warranty
Performance of
Component
Manufacturers
It is ASCO's practice, consistent with its desire to remedy Warranty defects in the most prompt and effective manner possible, to cooperate with and utilize the services of component manufacturers and their authori zed representatives in the performance of work to correct defects in the product components. Accordingly, ASCO may utilize third parties in the performance of Warranty work, including repair or replacement hereunder, where, in ASCO's opinion, such work can be performed in less time, with less expense, or in closer proximity to the ASCO product.

Warranty Extends
To First Purchaser
For Use,
Non-Tra
nsferable
Optional extended warranty coverage may be purchased from ASCO for a specified fee at the time of the original sale. If purchased, it shall extend the coverage conditions noted for years 1 -2 above up to an additional three (3) years, to provide up to five (5) years of coverage applicable to the above referenced products. Extended warranty coverage must be purchased in one (1) year increments. The length of the optional extended coverage shall be reflected on the ASCO invoice and/or order acknowledgement document. The extended warranty coverage does not affect the standard warranty described above for years 3 -10 or the 2 -year circuit breaker warranty; those warranty periods will remain the same.

All warranty related repairs, re placements or adjustments must be made by ASCO Services Inc. or its duly authorized representative.

14 Internal
Items Not Covered
By Warranty
This Warranty does not cover damage or defect caused by misuse, improper application, wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection, negligence, inappropriate on site operating conditions, repair by non- ASCO designated personnel, accident in transit, tampering, alterations, a change in location or operating use, exposure to the elements, water, or other corrosive liquids or gases, acts of God, theft or installation contrary to ASCO's recommendations or specifications, or in any event if the ASCO serial number has been altered, defaced, or removed.

This Warranty does not cover shipping costs, installation costs, external circuit breaker resetting or maintenance or service items and further, except as may be provided herein, does not include labor costs or transportation charges arising from the replacement of the ASCO product or any part thereof or charges to remove or rei nstall same at any premises of user.

Repair or replacement of a defective product or part thereof does not extend the original Warranty period.

The products listed in this Warranty are not for use in the control area or any reactor connected or safety applications or within the containment area of a nuclear facility or for integration into medical devices.

Limitations This Warranty is in lieu of and excludes all other Warranties, express or implied, including merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

User's sole and exclusive remedy is repair or replacement of the ASCO product as set forth herein.

If user's remedy is deemed to fail of its essential purpose by a court of competent jurisdiction, ASCO's responsibility for property loss or damage shall not exceed the net product purchase price.

In no event shall ASCO assume any liability for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation lost profits, business interruption or loss of data, whether any claim is based upon theories of contract, negligence, strict liability, tort, or otherwise.

Miscellaneous No salesperson, employee, or agent of ASCO is authorized to add to or vary the terms of this Warranty. Warranty terms may be modified, if at all, only in writing signed by an ASCO officer.

ASCO obligations under this Warranty are conditioned upon ASCO ti mely receipt of full payment of the product purchase price and any other amounts due. ASCO reserves the right to supplement or change the terms of this Warranty in any subsequent warranty offering to user or others.

In the event that any provision of thi s Warranty should be or becomes invalid and/or unenforceable during the Warranty period, the remaining terms and provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

This Warranty shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New Jers ey, without reference to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

This Warranty represents the entire agreement between ASCO and user with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, rep resentations, understandings, or agreements relating to this subject.

15 Internal Internal

EQUIPMENT STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Equipment provided by Schneider-Electric and/or ASCO Power Technologies that is stored for a short-term duration (i.e., days to weeks) or long-term duration (i.e., months to years), must be kept in a cool, dry, temperature-controlled environment. Storage of equipment in open warehouses, locations without proper temperature and humidity control, and/or outdoor storage is not acceptable without the utilization of heating elements, thermostats, humidistats, and protection from weather and dirt . Failure to comply may result in moisture ingress and/or condensation to form resulting in rusting and or corrosion, component and/or equipment failure and replacem ent, and/or nullification of any manufacturer warranty.

For General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less, refer to ANSI NEMA PB 2.1-2013

Copies of the following documents should be included on the submittals, depending on the units that are on the proposal:

For ASCO Power Technology’s Switchgear and Switchboards, refer to Instruction Bulletin 381333-393.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-002-09.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) NEMA 3R Walk-In Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-156-02.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Quality, Efficient, Delivery” (QED2) Switchboard, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80043-055-14.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Masterclad Metal-Clad Indoor Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 6055-30.

16 ASCO 7000 SERIES
Low-Voltage Transfer Switches
ascopower.com
Power Transfer for
Mission-Critical
Applications
17 • Listed to UL 1008 Transfer Switch Equipment
and Certified to CSA 22.2, No. 178
• Qualified and certified to IEC 60947-6-1,
optional CE mark
• Rated up to 600 VAC, 30 through 4000 amps
• 3 to 18-Cycle Withstand and Closing Rating
Standard, 30-Cycle WCR Optional
• High Withstand and Closing Rating, including
Short-Time Ratings, support breaker
coordination
• Solid, switched, or overlapping neutral
configurations
7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches
ASCO Power Transfer Switches are the standard of the industry. High-speed transfer of loads between alternate sources of power, regardless of ampacity, is achieved using a reliable, field-proven solenoid operating mechanism.

ASCO 7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches provide unmatched reliability and sophisticated control for the most demanding mission-critical backup power needs.

ASCO 7000 SERIES Transfer Switches are widely used in the most complex mission-critical hospital and healthcare facilities, enterprise and cloud-based data centers, telecommunication networks, water treatment plants, and any facility that requires the highest levels of power availability.

Every 7000 SERIES transfer switch is engineered-to-order to optimize switch functionality and provide facilities with the best solution for their specific application, and custom-engineering is available to meet any transfer switching need.

Backed by industry-leading technical support and service knowledge derived from a century of critical power switching experience, the 7000 SERIES solves the most demanding critical power challenges facing facilities today.

Three Pole 7000
SERIES Automatic
Transfer Switch
rated 1600 amps
ASCO 7000 SERIES
Power Transfer Switches
• Front-replaceable main and arcing
contacts on 800-4000 amp models
• Central terminal block for control
connections on 260-4000 amp models
• Four auxiliary contacts: two closed when
switch is in normal position and two closed
when switch is in emergency position
• Local/remote communications to ASCO
communication products
• Comprehensive 2, 5, or 10 year warranty
With nine hospitals on the line, ASCO
helps me sleep well at night."“
Tom M., Facility Engineering Director
Power
Knowledge
Transfer Switch
Overview
Power
Knowledge
Basic Automatic
Transfer Switch
Functions
2 3
18 • Rated up to 600VAC, sizes from 30 through
4000 amps
• Controller prevents inadvertent operation
under low voltage conditions
• Low control circuit currents allow for long
distances between remotely control switches
and transfer switches
• Standard in-phase monitor for transferring
motor loads
• Non-automatic models provide source
acceptability lights to inform operator when
sources are available to accept load
Open Transition Transfer Switching
ASCO Transfer Switches are available with a standard, 2-position, open transition models that reliably transfer loads in a "break-before-make" sequence in less than 100 milliseconds. Open transition switches are suitable for a wide range of applications.

Four Pole, Non-Automatic,
Electrically-Operated 400
Amp Switch in a Type 1
Enclosure
Closed Transition Transfer Switching
ASCO Automatic Closed Transition Transfer Switches overlap the normal and emergency source to transfer without power interruption. The switch transfers in a make-before-break sequence if both power sources are within acceptable parameters. Control logic continuously monitors source conditions and automatically selects open or closed transition according to real-time values. 7000 SERIES Power Switching Solutions
Automatic and Non-Automatic Transfer Switching
ASCO Transfer Switches are available in automatic and non-automatic types. For automatic transfer switches, the controller initiates transfer. For non-automatic transfer switches, a user initiates transfer between power sources using local or remote switches. ASCO 7000 SERIES Transfer Switches offer the following features:

Delayed Transition Transfer Switching
ASCO Delayed Transition Transfer Switches transfer loads between power sources using a timed, load, disconnect position with an adjustable delay. Applications include older variable frequency drives, rectifier banks, and load management applications. • 30 to 4000 amps
• Single-operator switching mechanism
prevents simultaneous connection of
both sources
• Available In-Phase Monitor can be
activated for transferring motor loads
• 150 through 4000 amps
• Mechanical interlocks to prevent
interconnection of both sources
• LED Indicator for load disconnect position
• Adjustable time delay for load
disconnect position
• Available 150 through 4000 amps
• Closed Transition Transfer occurs
passively without directly controlling
the engine-generator set
• Overlap time is less than 100 milliseconds
• Indications for failure-to-synchronize and
extended parallel time
Emergency Normal
<100
Milliseconds
Emergency Normal
Seconds
to Minutes
TIME
Emergency Normal
Tens of
Milliseconds

VOLTAGE
TIME

VOLTAGE
Open Transition Delayed Transition Closed Transition
Power
Knowledge
Transferring
Motor Loads
between
Power Sources
Transition Mode
Basics
Transferring
Loads with Zero
Power Interruption
Power
Knowledge
Non-Automatic
and Manual
Transfer Switches
for Backup Power
Applications
4 5
19 Bypass-Isolation Automatic Transfer Switches
ASCO Bypass-Isolation Automatic Transfer Switches are available in open transition, closed transition, and delayed transition designs. The bypass-isolation features allow the primary automatic transfer switch to be inspected, tested, and maintained without interrupting power to the load. They also provide redundant power transfer if the ATS is disabled or removed from service.

Service Entrance Power Transfer Switches
The ASCO Service Entrance Power Transfer Switch combines automatic power switching with a disconnect and over-current protection device for the utility source. These switches are installed at facilities that have a single utility feed and a single emergency power source. A circuit breaker serves as the utility disconnect. This product is available up to 600V and 4000 amps in Standard, Delayed, Closed Transition, and Bypass-Isolation configurations. 7000 SERIES Bypass-Isolation Switches 7000 SERIES Service Entrance Switches • 150 to 4000 amps
• Bypass switch and transfer switch have
identical electrical ratings
• Mechanical interlocks prevent unintended
operation
• Bypass contacts carry current only during
bypass operation
• Draw-out design eases transfer switch
maintenance
4000 amp models use insulated case
circuit breakers.
• Disconnect links on Neutral and Ground
• Internet-enabled monitoring and control
• Available from 70 to 4000 amps, up to 600V
• 70 - 400 amp listed to UL 1008
• 600 - 4000 amp listed to UL 891
• UL 1008 Listed transfer mechanism
• Disconnect and over-current protective device
on the utility source. 70 to 2000 amp models
use molded case circuit breakers; 2500 to
Service Entrance Breaker
Bypass Switch
Transfer Switch
Load
GenSet
Utility
• Bypass switch is rated for use as a
3-position manual transfer switch
• Bypass and isolation functions require only
two permanently mounted operating handles
• Mechanical indicators show bypass and
transfer switch positions
• Shallow depth, front-connected, or
rear-connected designs
Bypass-Isolation Transfer
Switch, J-Frame,
150-600 amps
Bypass-Isolation Transfer Switch allow
disconnection and draw-out of the primary
transfer switch without disrupting power to loads.

Power
Knowledge
3D Bypass Switch
Animation
Product
Details
Bypass-Isolation
Transfer Switches
Power
Knowledge
Applications for
Service Entrance
Automatic Transfer
Switches
Product
Details
Service Entrance
Transfer Switches
6 7
20 Integrated Distribution Breakers
Common distribution breaker applications include:

Additional Available Custom Features
These examples are just a few of the configurations and features available through custom-engineered solutions. Additional possibilites include:

Transfer Switches can
be custom-engineered to
integrate service entrance
equipment, distribution
equipment, and more.

Three Source System
Custom-Engineered Transfer Switches
Optimized Solutions for Mission-Critical Performance
Create an exact power control solutions by integrating service equipment and protective devices and incorporating distribution equipment while accommodating unique application requirements.

Custom engineered devices can save space, reduce delivery times, streamline installation and commissioning, enhance quality control, and reduce overall cost.

Automatic Transfer Switchboard
• Panels to house molded case circuit
breakers
• Insulated case circuit breakers, with or without
drawout capability
• Custom Metering
• Source Fusing
• Manually or electrically operated circuit
breakers
• Bus Riser
• Utility-Specified Compartments
• Connects multiple automatic transfer switches
together in a common switchboard
• Two ASCO 2000 ampere automatic bypass-
isolation transfer switches
• Circuit breakers on the normal and load sides
of each switch
• An ammeter and voltmeter are also located
on the load side of each switch
• Sequential transfer switches select between
alternative power sources
• Normal, emergency, and/or load circuit
breakers
• Protective relays, when required
• Available metering for normal, emergency
For more information, contact an authorized ASCO Power Technologies Representative.

The maintenance is top notch and the technical
support is amazing. ASCO service techs ...
do what's right for the hospital, not just the job."
“
Mark Y ., Electrical Management Supervisor
Power
Knowledge
Benefits of
Custom-
Engineered
Transfer Switches
8 9
21 Voltage and Frequency Settings Engine Exerciser
Source Status In-phase Transfer Status
Normal Voltage
Dropout.........85% 408V
Pickup...........90% 432V
O.V. Trip.....110% 528V
P1...............Engine Exerciser
Enable:....Yes....WLoad:....Yes
Start: 19h30min. ALL MON
Run Time:..............21h 15min
Normal Source
Vab=480V.......................ABC
Vbc=480V.............Vunbal=1%
Vca=480V..................60.0Hz
Emerg OK
Waiting for In-Sync
-45° 0.02Hz
Group 5 Controller
The 7000 SERIES Group 5 Controller is reliable and field-proven. It provides all of the voltage, frequency, control, timing, and diagnostic functions required for most emergency and standby power applications.
7000 SERIES Controls and Indicators
• Switch position indicating lights
• Source acceptability indicator lights
• Three-position selector switch:
• Automatic: Normal position
• Test: Simulate normal source failure
• Reset Delay Bypass: Bypass transfer
and re-transfer time delays
Control Switches and Indicating Lights for Closed Transition Switches Additional controls and Indicators for:
• Extended Parallel Time - Provides visual
indication when the pre-set extended parallel
time has been exceeded. The controls
automatically open the emergency or normal
main contacts. Separate contact also available
to shunt trip external breaker.
• Failure To Synchronize - Visually displays a
failure to synchronize alarm if the time delay
settings are exceeded during closed transition
transfer operation.
• Transfer Switch Locked Out - Prevents transfer
in either direction if the extended parallel time
is exceeded.
• Alarm Reset - Resets extended parallel and
failure to synchronize alarms.
• Closed Transition Bypass - Pushbutton allows
transfer between sources in an open transition
mode.

Control Switches and Indicating Lights
• Touch pad programming
• Displays active timers
• On-board diagnostics
• Password protection
• Voltage and frequency sensing
• Status and control functions
Enter/Save SettingsEsc
Increase
Value
Decrease
Value
Menu
Scroll
Menu
Scroll
Normal OK
Load on Normal
Product
Details
Group 5 Controller
10 11
22 Transfer Switch Communications and Metering
Monitor Power Equipment Status
from Anywhere
Monitoring and control transfer switches from
across the room, building, or from Internet.
5310 – LED annunciator – Single ATS
5350 – LED annunciator – up to 8 ATSs
5705 – Interactive CPMA-based graphical
annunciator – up to 8 ATSs
Options to Customize Functionality and Increase Value
Remote Annunciation
Communication
Touch Display Interface
Metering
Advanced Graphical Display and Control
5370 – Graphically displays information from
transfer switches and power devices. Touch
display transfers, re-transfers, initiates engine
start, and configures transfer switch settings.

Transfer Switches are the Perfect Place to
Monitor Power Flow, Power Conditions,
and Power Events
5210 Power Meter – Provides deeper insight into
circuit status and conditions.

PowerLogic PM 8000 – Schneider Electric's
compact, high-performance, power meter
simplifies power quality and maximizes versatility.

Turn Transfer Switches into Power
Information Portals
5170 Connectivity Module – Makes status and
power information from a single switch available
to via ModBUS, SNMP, and web pages.
5701 8 Device Gateway – Provides centralized
monitoring of up to 8 power devices through a
transfer switch. Connects generators, transfer
switches, load banks, and more to web pages for
increased monitoring and control.

Product
Details
5370 Touch
Display Interface
Product
Details
5210 Power Meter
PowerLogic
PM 8000
Product
Details
5300 SERIES
Annunciators
5700 SERIES
Annunciator
Product
Details
5170 Connectivity
Module
5701 Gateway
12 13
23 Time Delays and Extended Control Power
1G1 Auxiliary power connections provide for external 24VDC source to power control panel and power manager/meter when normal and emergency sources are not present or the switch is in isolation mode. Allows for use of full range of extended engine starting time delay feature 1C (0-60min 59 sec). 1GB1 Same as accessory 1G1 except using 120-volt AC external input. 1PS1 Extended control power ride-through (approx. 25 seconds) for Group 5 ATS controller and select communications and metering accessories, e.g. Acc. 72EE2, 72FC, 135L, etc.

Manual Controls for Automatic Transfer Switches
6DL Selector switch for automatic/manual re-transfer to normal. Automatic bypass if emergency fails.

Indicators
18B Two-pole, double-throw contacts operate when emergency source voltage is present at transfer switch terminals. 18G Two-pole, double-throw contacts operate when normal source voltage is present at transfer switch terminals. 99 “Push-to-Test” feature on all pilot light indicators.

Customer Control Circuits
30A Load-shed circuit initiated by opening of a customer-supplied contact. 30B3 24 VDC load-shed circuit initiated by removal of customer-supplied control voltage. (6, 12, 48, 120 VDC and 120 VAC also available).
31Z Selective load disconnect control contacts that operate with time delay prior to and/or after load transfer and re-transfer .

Communications
72EE2 Offers remote Ethernet monitoring via open Mod bus and SNMP protocols, email notifications and embedded monitoring web pages. (Catalog No. 5170 for stand-alone product). 107G Provides Building Monitoring Systems with transfer switch, bypass, and load power metering information in Modbus TCP/IP , BACnet IP , and SNMP Protocols. Compatible with any Accessory 150 Technology Package or 72EE2.

Surge Protection : ASCO 430 TVSS, rated 200 kA per phase 73CC1 Normal source protection. (3Ø, 4wire WYE)
73CC2 Emergency source protection. (3Ø, 4wire WYE)
73CC3 Load side protection. (3Ø, 4wire WYE)
Special Applications
29A Manual selector switch for designating one of two utility feeds as the preferred source. 111A Generator - to - Generator for Standby Applications 125A Seismic Certification to International Building Code for electrical equipment 131 Certification of compliance with the American Recovery & Reinvestment Act (Buy American Provision) Bypass-Isolation Switch Options
14A1 Auxiliary contact to close in “Bypass to Normal” position. 14B1 Auxiliary contact to close in “Bypass to Emergency” position. 14T Auxiliary contact to close when transfer switch is in “ Automatic” position. 14U Auxiliary contact to close when transfer switch is in “Isolate” position. 14V Auxiliary contact to close when transfer switch is in “Test” position. 82E LED Bypass status indicator , optional on G frame, 1600 to 4000 amps only . Standard for all other switches.

Meter and Communication Combinations
135L ASCO Digital Power Meter monitors load source voltage, frequency , and current and calculating Power , Energy , and Power Factor .
150A ASCO Digital Power Meter (Acc. 135L), Backup Power Source (Acc. 1PS1), Communications Module (Acc. 72EE2) 150B 5210 Power Meter with Moxa IO (Acc. 135SB), Backup Power Source (Acc. 1PS1), Comm. Module (Acc. 72EE2) Heater
44A 120VAC, 208-240VAC and/or 440-480VAC Accessory 44 Strip heater designed to keep humidity and/or temperature inside ATS enclosure within acceptable levels. Includes mounting bracket with strip heater , thermostat, and terminal block.

Withstand and Closing Ratings
Note: Other distribution voltages and kA ratings available.

Withstand and Closing Ratings for all 7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches, including 0.5 second (30-cycle) designs.

Notes:

1. Short Time Ratings are provided for selective coordination of overcurrent protection devices.

2. Switches utilizing overlapping neutral (code C) have 35kA, 0.05-second, time-based rating at 480V max.

3. Short Time Rating applies to 600A bypass switch only. The 600A transfer switch does not have a Short Time Rating.

4. These frames are only available in the 7000 SERIES product line.

5. Max. fuse rating is 1200A on front-connected H-frame switches.

6. Rating shown is for bypass switches only. Transfer switch rating is 100kA.

All units are RMS Symmetrical Amperes.

All Withstand and Closing Rating (WCR) values are established by testing in accordance with UL 1008. For the latest raings, including transfer switch ratings when used with specific circuit breakers, see ASCO Publication 1128 for more WCR information.

Application characteristics may permit higher WCRs for certain switch sizes.

Contact ASCO Power Technologies for more information.

Contact ASCO for Service Entrance Switch ratings.
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

Max
Size, A Class 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

Time
(sec)
240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. 0.13 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.1 0.13 0.3 0.5
100kA - 300 J
200kA 35kA 200 J
35kA 35kA 200 RK1
35kA 35kA 200 RK1
200kA 35kA 200 J
35kA 35kA 200 RK1
200kA 35kA 200 J
D 200 - 200kA 35kA 200 J
35kA 35kA 200 RK1
200kA 85kA 14kA 0. 025 10kA 10kA 10kA
D 230 - 100kA - 300 J 200kA 85kA 14kA 0. 025 10kA 10kA - 600 J
800 L
600 J
800 L
200kA 200kA 800 L
200kA 200kA 600 J
H4 600 600 200kA 200kA 1600 L 65kA 150kA 65kA 0.05 50kA 50kA 50kA - - P4 600 600 200kA 200kA 1600 L 65kA 150kA 65kA 0.05 50kA 50kA 50kA 30kA - P4 800 800 - 1200 200kA 200kA 1600 L 65kA 150kA 65kA 0.05 50kA 50kA 50kA 30kA - H 800 - 1200 800 - 1200 200kA 200kA 16005 L 65kA 150kA 65kA 0.05 50kA 50kA 50kA - - Q4 600-1600 600-1600 200kA 200kA 2000 L 65kA 65kA 65kA 0.05 65kA 65kA 65kA S4 800 - 1200 800 - 1200 200kA 200kA 2500 L 100kA 100kA 65kA 0.05 100kA 100kA 65kA G4 1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200 200kA 200kA 2000 L 85kA 85kA 85kA 0.05 85kA 85kA 85kA G 200kA 200kA 2500 L 85kA 85kA 85kA 0.05 85kA 85kA 85kA 36kA G4 1600 - 2000 1600 - 2000 200kA 200kA 3000 L 200kA 200kA 100kA 0.05 100kA 100kA 100kA 36kA - S4 1600 - 2000 1600 - 2000 200kA 200kA 2500 L 100kA 100kA 85kA 0.05 100kA 100kA 85kA 65kA 65kA G 2600 - 3000 2600 - 3000 200kA 200kA 4000 L 125kA 125kA 100kA 0.05 100kA 100kA 100kA 36kA - G4 3200 - 200kA - 4000 L 100kA 100kA - 0.05 100kA 100kA - G 4000 4000 200kA 200kA 5000 L 100kA 100kA 100kA 0.05 100kA 100kA 100kA 85KA U4 2600 - 4000 2600 - 4000 200kA 200kA 5000 L 125kA 125kA 125kA 0.05 125kA 125kA 125kA J 150, 200, 260 150, 200, 230, 260 200kA 200kA 200kA 200kA 42kA 0.05 1600 - 2000 (Front Connected TS Only)
J 600 600

0.05 65kA 42kA2 35kA200kA 200kA 65kA
65kA 85kA 42kA 0.05 65kA 42kA2 35kA
J 400 400
-
50kA 42kA
10kA 10kA - -
-10kA
-

7.5kA3

7.5kA -
-
65kA 42kA2 35kA 7.5kA - -
D 30 - 22kA 22kA 10kA 0. 025 10kA
85kA 25kA 10kA
Short Time Ratings1 (sec)
Transfer
Switches Bypass Switches
480V Max. 600V Max.Frame
Switch Rating (Amps) Current Limiting Fuses Specific Breaker D 70, 100 10kA
D 150 - 150kA 85kA
- 150kA
42kA 42kA
36kA 36kA
36kA 36kA
- -
25kA 10kA 10kA 10kA
65kA
Time Based

0.025

0.025 -
- -
-
-
42kA 42kA
-
100kA 100kA
36kA 36kA
36kA 36kA
-
85kA
65kA
-
65kA
-
85kA
-
50kA 50kA
65kA
42kA
6 6
7000 SERIES Optional Accessories
Additional 7000 SERIES Transfer Switch Information
Transfer Switches Controls Technical Information
Bypass-Isolation Group 5 Controller &
Power Control Center Drawings Withstand and Closing Ratings Service Entrance Wiring Diagrams Weights, Dimensions & Ordering Info Power
Knowledge
UL 1008 Transfer
Switch Withstand
and Closing
Ratings
Performance
Testing for
Transfer Switches
14 15
24 ASCO Power Technologies - Global Headquarters
160 Park Avenue
Florham Park, NJ 07932
Tel: 800 800 ASCO
www .ascopower .com
customercare@ascopower .com
© 2021 ASCO Power Technologies. All Rights Reserved. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a trademark and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Publication 3040 R20. Printed in the U.S.A.
25 Station 3 (MTS with integral Camlocks)
Reference Quote: K4-23-632457-1-2
Sales Order: 3232689

TRANSFER SWITCH DETAILS

ATS NAME QTY
AMPS /
POLE S
(VOLTS)

BY PASS TRANSITION

TY PE CATALOG NUMBE R ACCE SSORIE SOUTLINE

DRAWING
WIRING

DIAG RAM
BOM

NUMBE R
1 1200 / 3
(480V ) N/A OPEN H03M TQA 31200N0X M 44G,125A ,170EP 977100-012 1190022-001 1453568 Transfer Switch Withstand and Closing Ratings
300, 4000 & 7000 Series
A TS
NA ME
FRA ME
SIZE

SWITCH RA TING A MPS CURRENT LIMITING FUSES SPECIFIC BREA KER TIME BA SED Short Time Ratings3 (sec)
480V Max. 600V Max.

Transfer
Switches
Bypass
Switches
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

0.05 sec or
less (time-based rating), 65kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA at 480V when coordinated with Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information. IMPORTANT:

FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED.

Source 2 (Camlocks) - The Short Circuit Rating is 22,000 RMS SYM Amperes at 480V. 6) For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 977100-012 (NEMA 3R Secure Enclosure). 26 Station 3 (MTS with integral Camlocks)
Transfer Switch Details
#1 ATS AMPS: 1200 QTY: 1
Product : Series 300 Catalog Number : H03MTQA31200N0XM
Service Voltage / Hz : 480V/60Hz Optional Accessories : 44G,125A,170EP Bypass Isolation : Not Applicable Product Description :
300 Series, Manual Transfer
Switch with Integrated Quick
Connects
No. of Switched Poles: 3 : 3 Neutral Configuration : Solid [A] Withstand Rating: : See WCR Table Below No. of Cables & Lug Size :

Frame = H, Switch Rating = 1200, Series = 300
Enclosure :
3R(M)-UL Type 3R secure
double door enclosure (See
Disclaimer 3)
Service : Three Phase, 4-wire
Extended Warranty : Not Included Markings :
# ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS
Accessory Code Description
1 44G Strip heater w/ thermostat, wired to load terminals: 208-600 volts 2 125A Seismic
3 170EP
Auxiliary contact sets to indicate switch position & LED indication on panel : Source 1, Off, and Source 2, phase rotation; and engine start/test switch with common alarm input/LED/contact
27 ASCO
®
”
”
28 THREE PHASE WIRING FOR 300 SERIES MANUALLY OPERATED TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE H3MTQ RATED 800-1200 AMPERES ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
29 ASCO
®
30 LOAD
LN
LC
LB
LA
S1A
SOURCE 1
S1B S1C S1N
S2A S2CS2B
SOURCE 2
S2N
CLC
ASCO
®
31 ASCO
®
32 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
72EE
33 ASCO
®
34 ASCO
®
35 ASCO
®
36 Internal
General ASCO Power Technologies, LP products and systems are in our opinion the finest available. We take pride in our products and are pleased that you have chosen them. Under certain circumstances we offer with our products the following Limited Guardian Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship.

Please read your Guardian Warranty carefully. This Warranty sets forth our responsibilities in the unlikely event of defect and tells you how to obtain performance under this Warranty.

Limited Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship:

Terms of Warranty The foregoing Limited Warranty is conditioned upon user’s compliance with the following:

1. The ASCO Power Transfer Switch is installed in accordance with ASCO specifications and state and local codes and standards by an electrician licensed in the state of installation.

2. The ASCO Power Transfer Switch is maintained in accordance with ASCO instructions and used under normal conditions for the purposes intended by ASCO.

All warranty field-related repairs, replacements or adjustments must be made by ASCO Services Inc. or its duly authorized representative.

This Warranty is given ONLY to purchasers who buy for commercial or industrial use in the ordinary course of each purchaser's business.

Limited Warranty
Series 150, 200, 300 and 4000 Power Transfer Switches
381339-334
10/08/21
Optional Available
Extended Warranty
Optional extended warranty coverage may be purchased from ASCO for a specified fee at the time of the original sale. If purchased, Warranty period shall be extended up to an additional thirty - six (36) months beyond the standard twenty - four (24) months to provide up to five (5) year coverage applicable to the above referenced products, except for 3AUS, 3APS, and 3ARS products where the warranty period for the circuit breaker shall be limited to 24 months from date of shipment from ASCO. The length of opt ional extended coverage shall be reflected on the ASCO invoice and/or order acknowledgement document.

ASCO warrants that the ATS will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will conform to ASCO’s standard specifications for the ATS for a period of twenty four (24) months from date of product shipment from ASCO (the “Warranty Period”). This Limited Warranty does not extend to subsequent owners of the structure during the Warranty period.

Limited Warranty

Product Description Series Catalog Code
150, 200 1ATS, 2ATS
Automatic Transfer Switch 300 3ATS, 3ADTS
4000 4ATS, 4ADTS, 4ACTS
Non-Automatic Transfer Switch
(Electrically Operated) 300 3NTS, 3NDTS
ASCO Lighting Control Panels 4000 4NTS, 4NDTS, 4NCTS
Manual Transfer Switch 300 3MTS, 3MTQ, 3MUQ, 3MPQ, 3MGQ, 3MGDQ, 3MTDQ Service Entrance Transfer Switch (SEATS) 300 3AUS, 3ADUS, 3APS, 3ARS, 3MU S Power Transfer Load Center (PTLC) 300 300L
Quick Connect Panels 300 3QCN, 3QCU, 3QCD
Electrically Operated Bypass Switch 4000 4ATE, 4NTE, 4ADTE, 4NDTE 37 Internal
Items Not Covered
By Warranty
This Warranty does not cover damage or defect caused by misuse, improper application, wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection, negligence, inappropriate on site operating conditions, repair by non -ASCO designated personnel, accident in transit, tampering, alterations, a change in location or operating use, exposure to the elements, water, or other corrosive liquids or gases, acts of God, theft or installation contrary to ASCO's recommendations or specifications, or in any event if the ASCO seri al number has been altered, defaced, or removed.

This Warranty does not cover shipping costs, installation costs, external circuit breaker resetting or maintenance or service items and further, except as may be provided herein, does not include labor cos ts or transportation charges arising from the replacement of the ASCO product or any part thereof or charges to remove or reinstall same at any premises of user.

Repair or replacement of a defective product or part thereof does not extend the original Warranty period.

Warranty Extends
To First Purchaser
for Use,
Non-Transferable
This Warranty is extended to the first person, firm, association, or corporation for whom the ASCO product specified herein is originally installed for use (the "user") in the fifty United States or Canada. This Warranty is not transferable or assignable without the prior written permission of ASCO.

Warranty
Performance of
Component
Manufacturers
It is ASCO's practice, consistent with its desire to remedy Warranty defects in the most prompt and effective manner possible, to cooperate with and utilize the services of component manufacturers and their authorized representatives in the performance of work to correct defects in the product components. Accordingly, ASCO may utilize third parties in the performance of Warranty work, including repair or replacement hereunder, where, in ASCO's opinion, such work can be performed in less time, with less expense, or in closer proximity to the ASCO product.

38 Internal
Limitations This Warranty is in lieu of and excludes all other Warranties, express or implied, including merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

User's sole and exclusive remedy is repair or replacement of the ASCO product as set forth herein.

If user's remedy is deemed to fail of its essential purpose by a court of competent jurisdiction, ASCO's responsibility for property loss or damage shall not exceed the net product purchase price.

ASCO obligations under this Warranty are conditioned upon ASCO timely receipt of full payment of the product purchase price and any other amounts due. ASCO reserves the right to supplement or change the terms of this Warranty in any subsequent warranty offering to user or others.

In the event that any provision of this Warranty should be or beco mes invalid and/or unenforceable during the Warranty period, the remaining terms and provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

This Warranty shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

This Warranty represents the entire agreement between ASCO and user with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, representations, understandings , or agreements relating to this subject.

39 Internal Internal

EQUIPMENT STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

For General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less, refer to ANSI NEMA PB 2.1-2013

Copies of the following documents should be included on the submittals, depending on the units that are on the proposal:

For ASCO Power Technology’s Switchgear and Switchboards, refer to Instruction Bulletin 381333-393.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-002-09.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) NEMA 3R Walk-In Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-156-02.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Quality, Efficient, Delivery” (QED2) Switchboard, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80043-055-14.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Masterclad Metal-Clad Indoor Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 6055-30.

40 ASCO Series 300 Group G Controller
Standard Operational Features, Controls and Status Indicators Standard Selectable Features
• Inphase monitor to transfer motor loads, without any intentional off time, to prevent inrush currents from exceeding normal starting levels. • Engine Exerciser to automatically test backup generator each week-with or without load 20 minutes not adjustable.
• Commit to transfer
• Selective load disconnect control contacts (two provided) which operate with time delay prior to and/or after load transfer and re-transfer. • 60Hz or 50Hz selectable switch.
• Three – phase/single – phase selectable switch.
124* 64 Graphical LCD Display/LED Indicators
• Switch position green LED for normal
• Switch position red LED for emergency
• Source availability green LED for normal
• Source availability red LED for emergency
• “Not in Auto” amber LED
• Common Alarm amber LED
• Soft key for transfer test function
• Soft key for time delay bypass
• Set Engine Exerciser
• Selection of non – automatic operation
• Scroll, Up/Down Arrows
• Escape key
• Enter key
Voltage & Frequency Sensing
• Three phase under and over voltage sensing on normal, and single phase on emergency
• True RMS voltage sensing with +/- 1% accuracy
• Selective settings: single or three phase voltage sensing on normal and single phase sensing on emergency; 50 or 60Hz
• Frequency sensing accuracy is +/- 0.1Hz
• Under and over frequency settings on normal and emergency • Voltage and frequency parameters adjustable in 1% increments 41 • Normal source pickup voltage adjustment range is 85 – 100%; drop - out voltage adjustment range is 70 – 98% in 1% increments
• Emergency source pickup voltage adjustment range is 85 – 100%; drop - out voltage adjustment range is 70 – 98% in 1% increments
• Normal source pickup frequency adjustment range is 86 – 100%; drop – out adjustment range is 85 – 98% in 1% increments
• Emergency source pickup frequency adjustment range is 86 – 100%; drop – out adjustment range is 85 – 98% in 1% increments
• Over voltage and over frequency reset is fixed at 2% below the trip setting Time Delays
• Engine start time delay – delays engine starting signal to override momentary normal source outages – adjustable 0 to 6 seconds (Feature 1C) • Transfer to emergency time delay – adjustable 0 – 60 minutes (Feature 2B) • Emergency source stabilization time delay to ignore momentary transients during initial generator set loading – adjustable 0 to 4 seconds (Feature 1F) • Re-transfer to normal time delay – adjustable 0 to 10 hours (Feature 3A) • Unloaded running time delay for engine cooldown – adjustable 0 to 60 minutes (Feature 2E)
• Pre and post signal time delay for selective load disconnect with a programmable bypass on source failures – adjustable 0 to 5 minutes (Optional feature 31Z) • Fully programmable engine exerciser seven independent routines to exercise the engine generator, with or without loads, on a daily, weekly. Bi weekly or monthy basis (Optional feature bundle 11BE)
• Delayed transition load disconnect time delay – adjustable 0 to 5 minutes Standard Control Contacts
• Switch position indicating contacts (rated 10 amps 250VAC, 32VDC) (1) for normal position (1) for emergency position
Remote Control Features – external inputs for connecting:
• Remote test switch
• Remote contact for test or for peak shaving applications. If emergency source fails, switch will automatically transfer back to normal source if acceptable • Inhibit transfer to emergency
• Remote time delay bypass switch emergency to normal

42 Electromagnetic Compliance Testing (EMC)

• IEC 61000 – 4 – 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
• IEC 61000 – 4 – 3 Radiated RF Field Immunity
• IEC 61000 – 4 – 4 Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity • IEC 61000 – 4 – 5 Surge Immunity
• IEC 61000 – 4 – 6 Conducted RF Immunity
• CISPR 11 – Conducted RF Emissions and Radiated RF Emissions • FCC CFR 47 Part 15

Additional Design Criteria
• NEMA ICS-109.21 Impulse Withstand Test
• Digital circuitry isolated from line voltages
• Isolated RS – 485 Serial Communications Port (Accessory 11BE Bundle) • Connectivity Module for remote monitoring and control (Accessory 72EE) 43 ASCO SERIES 300 Manual Transfer Switches (MTS) with Integrated Quick-Connects enable fast connection of a temporary generator to provide backup power to a building’s electrical system. Service entrance models provide integrated breakers on either or both sources to simplify power system design, procurement, and installation.

SERIES 300 Quick Connect Power Panel
Manual Transfer Switches
Data Sheet
03MTQ Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects 03MGQ Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects and a Breaker for a Temporary Genset
ASCO Manual Transfer Switches with Quick Connects
offer the Highest Level of Design Flexibility
Simplest Solution for
Accessing Backup Power
Bring emergency power
to facilities without a
permanent genset.

Connects a "Backup-for-
the-Backup"
Per 2020 NEC ® 700.3 (F),
connects a temporary
generator when a per -
manent unit is offline for
service.

Streamlines Design,
Procurement & Installation
Integrating a transfer
switch and breakers
reduces overall footprint
and installation labor .

Robust Design Increases
Reliability
UL Listings and 125+
years of ASCO critical
power experience
provides the highest levels
of safety and service.
44 Key Features
One-Line Diagrams
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MTQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MGQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MUQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MPQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
03MTQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects
03MUQ - Adds a Service Entrance Breaker for a Utility Feed 03MGQ - Adds a Breaker for a Temporary Genset
03MPQ - Adds a Breaker for a Temporary Genset
and a Service Entrance Breaker for a Utility Feed
• Models from 150 to 1200 Amps, up to 480 VAC,
single or 3-phase
•
All models utilize 16-Series Cam-Lok™ connectors
•
All models feature UL1008-Listed
Transfer Switches
•
Configurations including a breaker on Source 1
(Utility Feed) are Service Entrance rated, (MUQ, MPQ)
•
Standard UL50
Type 3R Secure Cabinet is outdoor
rated with or without temporary power cables connected
•
Optional 316 Stainless Steel UL50
Type 3RX
Enclosure available
•
Three-position center-off switch is robust and
easy-to-use
•
Leverages
ASCO's years of experience and industry
leading transfer switch technology
•
Compact design is easy to install and maintain
• Designed to handle the demands of motors and
high current inrush loads
•
Solid Neutral or Switched Neutral
•
Solutions for compliance to NFP
A 110 standards for
Emergency and Standby Power Systems and
2020 NEC
® Article 700.3 (F)
•
Auxiliary contacts indicate switch position, two
contacts for each source
•
Form C contacts and optional Option LED indicators
for switch position and source availability
•
T
wo-Wire Engine Start Selector assigns generator
preference
•
Optional IO Module streamlines integration with a
building management system
45 NUMBER DESCRIPTION MODEL
44A Strip Heater with Thermostat. External 120V power source required. MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ 44G Strip Heater with Thermostat wired to load terminals MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ 63* Special Lugs MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
73 Surge Suppressor Rated 65kA MTQ, MUQ
125A Seismic-Rated Construction MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
131 Built in the U.S.A. MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
134 100% Rated Breaker MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
135L ASCO 5210 Digital Power Meter monitors the load source Voltage, Frequency , and Current calculates and displays Power , Energy , and Power Factor .

MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
147QC Canadian Connector Color Coding: Phase A-Red, Phase B-Black, Phase C-Blue MUQ, MGQ, MPQ 170 Auxiliary Contacts, LED Annunciators, and IO Module MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ Shunt Trip Options on Breakers
119BC 24 VDC on Normal Breaker MUQ, MPQ
119BE 48 VDC on Normal Source Breakers MUQ, MPQ
119BG 120 VAC on Normal Source Breakers MUQ, MPQ
119BH 208 VAC on Normal Breaker MUQ, MPQ
119CC 24 VDC on Emergency Breaker MGQ, MPQ
119CE 48 VDC on Emergency Breaker MGQ, MPQ
119CG 120 VAC on Emergency Source Breakers MGQ, MPQ
Catalog Information
J 03MTQ A 3 0400 N 00 M
Frame Product* Neutral Phase
Poles Amps Voltage Group
Code Enclosure
J
H

STANDARD MODELS
03MTQ
03MGQ
A - Solid
B - Switched
0 - None
2 3
0150
0200
0230
0260
0400
0600
0800
1000
1200
A - 115
B - 120
C - 208
D - 220
E - 230
F - 240
H - 380
J - 400
K - 415
L - 440
M - 460
N - 480
P - 550
Q - 575
R - 600
00 - No
Accessory
0X -
Accessory
0Z - Custom
Accessory
M - Type 3R
Secure
S - Type
3RX Secure
(316 SS)

SERVICE ENTRANCE MODELS
03MUQ
03MPQ
A - Solid
B - Switched
0 - None
2 3
0150
0200
0230
0260
0400
0600
0800
1000
1200
A - 115
B - 120
C - 208
D - 220
E - 230
F - 240
H - 380
J - 400
K - 415
L - 440
M - 460
N - 480
P - 550
Q - 575
R - 600
00 - No
Accessory
0X -
Accessory
0Z - Custom
Accessory
M - Type 3R
Secure
S - Type
3RX Secure
(316 SS)
Notes:

MTQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects on Generator MUQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Service Entrance Breaker On Utility and Quick Connects on Generator MGQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Breaker and Quick Connects on Generator MPQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Service Entrance Breaker On Utility and Breaker with Quick Connects on Generator Accessories
Notes:
* J Frame 600A - No Optional Compression Lugs
46 Features & Ordering Information
MTQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects on S2 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

RMS SYM
J
150A-400A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (1) Male Cam Lok per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
Load - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
42,000 22,000
450A-600A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
Load - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
42,000 22,000
H
800A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 39" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
1000A-
1200A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 39" D
S1 - (4)1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (3) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
MUQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects on S2 plus Service Entrance Breaker on S1 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

RMS SYM
J
150A-400A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (1) #1 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (1) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
Load - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
35,000 22,000
600A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (2) 2/0 - 500 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
H
800A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 39" D
S1 - (3) 3/0 - 500 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (3) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
1000A-
1200A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 56" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (3) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
47 Features & Ordering Information
MGQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects plus Breaker on S2 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

RMS SYM
J
150A-400A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 41" W x 37" D
S1 - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (1) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
Load - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
42,000 22,000
600A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 41" W x 37" D
S1 - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
42,000 22,000
H
800A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 63" W x 45" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
1000A-
1200A
S1 - Lugs
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 63" W x 45" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (3) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
MPQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects plus Breaker on S2 and a Service Entrance Breaker on S1 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

RMS SYM
J
150A-400A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 41" W x 37" D
S1 - (1) #1 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (1) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
Load - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
35,000 22,000
600A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 41" W x 37" D
S1 - (2) 3/0 - 500 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
H
800A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 63" W x 56" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
1000A-
1200A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
and Breaker
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 95.5" H x 63" W x 56" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (3) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
www.ascopower.com
[email protected] 1-800-800-ASCO (2726)
© 2022 Publication 2084
ASCO Power Technologies
160 Park Avenue, Florham Park, NJ 07932
Note: H Frame MGQ's are provided with accessory 40*B (Source 1 & 2 Reversed) & 40*K (Load Out Bottom).

Note: H Frame MPQ's are provided with accessory 40*B (Source 1 & 2 Reversed). 48 Box 227044, Los Angeles, CA 90022-0744
3500 Shepherd St., City of Industry, CA 90601
Phone: (562) 463-6000 Fax: (562) 699-8614
Submittal Package
Project Name
City Of Camarillo PS5
Pr oject Number: 240090
Equipment ID: XE15372, XE15373
***Submittals are hold for approval***
**No equipment will be ordered until we have approved submittal and customer confirmation to release equipment for manufacturing**
(1)
ASCO 7000 Series Delayed Transition Transfer Switch, 400 Amp, 277/480 V, 3 Phase, Standby XE15372
(1) ASCO 300 Series Open Transition Manual Transfer Switch, 400 Amp, 277/480 V, 3 Phase, Standby XE15373
Phone: (562) 463-6073
Email: [email protected]
Project Manager: Brendan Powers
Sales Representative: Allen Abramovitch
Email: [email protected]
Phone: (805) 431-3180
Rev -
0 3/11/2024
1 Table of Contents
Cover Page ........................................................................1 ADTS BOM Page ...............................................................3 ADTS Detail Page 400A ....................................................4 ADTS Outline - 780142 .....................................................5 ADTS Wiring - 777238-947 ...............................................8 ADTS Warranty Page......................................................14 ADTS Storage Requirements.........................................17 ADTS Brochure ...............................................................18 Manual Transfer Switch BOM Page ..............................27 Manual Transfer Switch Detail Page 400A ...................28 Manual Transfer Switch Outline - 977099-014..............29 Manual Transfer Switch Wiring - 1191622-001.............30 Manual Transfer Switch Warranty Page .......................38 Manual Transfer Switch Storage Requirements ..........42 Manual Transfer Switch Data Sheet / Brochure...........45 2 Station 5 (ADTS)
Reference Quote: K4-23-569767-1-6
Sales Order: 3228345

TRANSFER SWITCH DETAILS

ATS NAME QTY
AMPS /
POLE S
(VOLTS)

BY PASS TRANSITION

TY PE CATALOG NUMBE R ACCE SSORIE SOUTLINE

DRAWING
WIRING

DIAG RAM
BOM

NUMBE R
1 0400 / 3
(480V ) N/A DELA Y ED J7A DTSA 30400N5X 0 31BG,37B 780142 777238-947 1563820 Transfer Switch Withstand and Closing Ratings
300, 4000 & 7000 Series
A TS
NA ME
FRA ME
SIZE

SWITCH RA TING A MPS CURRENT LIMITING FUSES SPECIFIC BREA KER TIME BA SED Short Time Ratings3 (sec)
480V Max. 600V Max.

Transfer
Switches
Bypass
Switches
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

MA X
SIZE, A CLA SS 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. Time(Sec) 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. .13 .2 .3 .5 .1 .13 .3 .5
- J 400 400 200kA 200kA
600 J
200kA 200kA 100kA 0.05 65kA 42kA5 35kA 7.5kA - -
800 L
NOTES:
1) All WCR values indicated are tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 1008, 7th Edition. 2) Application requirements may permit higher WCR for certain switch sizes. 3) Short Time ratings are provided for applications involving circuit breakers that utilize trip delay settings for system selective coordination
4) The Withstand Rating at 480V is 42kA when coordinated with any breaker capable of clearing a fault current in 0.05 sec or less (time-based rating), 50kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA when coordinated with Class J or Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information.

IMPORTANT: FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED. 5) For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 780142 (Open Type, Enclosure by others).

Plans and Specifications were not provided. If Plans/Specifications become available this quotation is subject to change.

1. The Withstand Rating at 480V is 42kA when coordinated with any breaker capable of clearing a fault current in 0.05 sec or less (time-based rating), 50kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA when coordinated with Class J or Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information. IMPORTANT: FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED.

2. For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 780142 (Open Type, Enclosure by others). 3 Station 5 (ADTS)
Transfer Switch Details
#1 ATS AMPS: 0400 QTY: 1
Product : 7000 Series Transfer
Switches Catalog Number : J7ADTSA30400N5X0
Service Voltage / Hz : 480V/60Hz Optional Accessories : 31BG,37B Bypass Isolation : Not Applicable Product Description : 7000 Series, Automatic Delayed Transition Transfer Switch
No. of Switched Poles: 3 : 3 Neutral Configuration : Solid [A] Withstand Rating: : See WCR Table Below No. of Cables & Lug Size : 1, #4 AWG to 600 MCM or (2)
1/0 AWG to 250 MCM
Frame = J, Switch Rating = 0400, Series = 7000
Enclosure : Service : Three Phase, 4-wire
Extended Warranty : Not Included Markings :
# ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS
Accessory Code Description
1 31BG
Status Relay Bundle - Provides 1 relay (3 total) for each of the following statuses, Normal Source Acceptability, Emergency Source Acceptability, Pre & Post Transfer Signal. Each relay has 2 NO/NC (Form C) sets of contacts rated for 6A at 120Vac, 250Vac Max. 2 37B 6 Foot Extension Harness
4 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
5 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
6 ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
7 THREE PHASE WIRING FOR 7000 SERIES AUTOMATIC DELAYED TRANSITION TRANSFER SWITCHES TYPE J7ADTS RATED 150, 260, 400, & 600 AMPERES ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
8 ASCO
®
9 NA
LN
NORMAL

NB NC NN
LOAD
LC
LB
LA

EA EB EC EN

EMERGENCY

EMERGENCY
NORMAL
ASCO
®
10 NORMAL
LOAD

EMERGENCY
ASCO
®
11 GROUP 5 CONTROL PANEL

DUAL OPERATOR CONTROL MODULE
ASCO
®
72*
12 ASCO
®
13 Internal
General ASCO Power Technologies, LP products and systems are in our opinion the finest available. We take pride in our products and are pleased that you have chosen them. Under certain circumstances we offer with our products the following Limited Guardian Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship.

Please read your Guardian Warranty carefully. This Warranty sets forth our responsibilities in the unlikely event of defect and tells you how to obtain performance under this Warranty.

Limited Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship:

Terms of Warranty The following Limited Warranty is conditioned upon user’s compliance with the following:

1. The ASCO 7000 Power Transfer Switch is installed in accordance with ASCO specifications and state and local codes and standards by an electrician licensed in the state of installation.

2. The ASCO 7000 Power Transfer Switch is maintained in accordance with ASCO instructions and used under normal conditions for the purposes intended by ASCO.

This Warranty is given ONLY to purchasers who buy for commercial or industrial use in the ordinary course of each purchaser's business.

Limited Guardian Warranty
7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches
381339-335
10/08/21

Product Description Catalog Code
Automatic Transfer Switch 7ATS, 7ADTS, 7ACTS
Automatic Transfer Bypass - Isolation Switch 7ATB, 7ADTB, 7ACTB Non-Automatic Transfer Switch (Electrically Operated) 7NTS Manual Transfer Switch 7MTS
Service Entrance Transfer Switch (SEATS) 7AUS, 7ADUS, 7ACUS, 7AUB, 7ADUB, 7ACUB, 7APS, 7ARS, 7ASUD, 7ASUS, 7ASUB
Power Transfer Load Center (PTLC) 7000L
Automatic Soft Load Transfer Switch
& Bypass-Isolation Switch 7ASLS, 7ASLD, 7ASLE, 7ASLB
14 Internal
Warranty Extends
To First Purchaser
For Use,
Non-Tra
nsferable
This Warranty is extended to the first person, firm, association, or corporation for whom the ASCO product specified herein is originally installed for use (the "user") in the fifty United States or Canada. This Warranty is not transferable or assignable without the prior written permission of ASCO.

All warranty related repairs, re placements or adjustments must be made by ASCO Services Inc. or its duly authorized representative.

15 Internal
Items Not Covered
By Warranty
This Warranty does not cover damage or defect caused by misuse, improper application, wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection, negligence, inappropriate on site operating conditions, repair by non- ASCO designated personnel, accident in transit, tampering, alterations, a change in location or operating use, exposure to the elements, water, or other corrosive liquids or gases, acts of God, theft or installation contrary to ASCO's recommendations or specifications, or in any event if the ASCO serial number has been altered, defaced, or removed.

Repair or replacement of a defective product or part thereof does not extend the original Warranty period.

Limitations This Warranty is in lieu of and excludes all other Warranties, express or implied, including merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

User's sole and exclusive remedy is repair or replacement of the ASCO product as set forth herein.

If user's remedy is deemed to fail of its essential purpose by a court of competent jurisdiction, ASCO's responsibility for property loss or damage shall not exceed the net product purchase price.

This Warranty shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New Jers ey, without reference to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

16 Internal Internal

EQUIPMENT STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

For General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less, refer to ANSI NEMA PB 2.1-2013

Copies of the following documents should be included on the submittals, depending on the units that are on the proposal:

For ASCO Power Technology’s Switchgear and Switchboards, refer to Instruction Bulletin 381333-393.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-002-09.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) NEMA 3R Walk-In Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-156-02.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Quality, Efficient, Delivery” (QED2) Switchboard, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80043-055-14.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Masterclad Metal-Clad Indoor Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 6055-30.

17 ASCO 7000 SERIES
Low-Voltage Transfer Switches
ascopower.com
Power Transfer for
Mission-Critical
Applications
18 • Listed to UL 1008 Transfer Switch Equipment
and Certified to CSA 22.2, No. 178
• Qualified and certified to IEC 60947-6-1,
optional CE mark
• Rated up to 600 VAC, 30 through 4000 amps
• 3 to 18-Cycle Withstand and Closing Rating
Standard, 30-Cycle WCR Optional
• High Withstand and Closing Rating, including
Short-Time Ratings, support breaker
coordination
• Solid, switched, or overlapping neutral
configurations
7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches
ASCO Power Transfer Switches are the standard of the industry. High-speed transfer of loads between alternate sources of power, regardless of ampacity, is achieved using a reliable, field-proven solenoid operating mechanism.

ASCO 7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches provide unmatched reliability and sophisticated control for the most demanding mission-critical backup power needs.

Three Pole 7000
SERIES Automatic
Transfer Switch
rated 1600 amps
ASCO 7000 SERIES
Power Transfer Switches
• Front-replaceable main and arcing
contacts on 800-4000 amp models
• Central terminal block for control
connections on 260-4000 amp models
• Four auxiliary contacts: two closed when
switch is in normal position and two closed
when switch is in emergency position
• Local/remote communications to ASCO
communication products
• Comprehensive 2, 5, or 10 year warranty
With nine hospitals on the line, ASCO
helps me sleep well at night."“
Tom M., Facility Engineering Director
Power
Knowledge
Transfer Switch
Overview
Power
Knowledge
Basic Automatic
Transfer Switch
Functions
2 3
19 • Rated up to 600VAC, sizes from 30 through
4000 amps
• Controller prevents inadvertent operation
under low voltage conditions
• Low control circuit currents allow for long
distances between remotely control switches
and transfer switches
• Standard in-phase monitor for transferring
motor loads
• Non-automatic models provide source
acceptability lights to inform operator when
sources are available to accept load
Open Transition Transfer Switching
ASCO Transfer Switches are available with a standard, 2-position, open transition models that reliably transfer loads in a "break-before-make" sequence in less than 100 milliseconds. Open transition switches are suitable for a wide range of applications.

VOLTAGE
TIME

VOLTAGE
Open Transition Delayed Transition Closed Transition
Power
Knowledge
Transferring
Motor Loads
between
Power Sources
Transition Mode
Basics
Transferring
Loads with Zero
Power Interruption
Power
Knowledge
Non-Automatic
and Manual
Transfer Switches
for Backup Power
Applications
4 5
20 Bypass-Isolation Automatic Transfer Switches
ASCO Bypass-Isolation Automatic Transfer Switches are available in open transition, closed transition, and delayed transition designs. The bypass-isolation features allow the primary automatic transfer switch to be inspected, tested, and maintained without interrupting power to the load. They also provide redundant power transfer if the ATS is disabled or removed from service.

Power
Knowledge
3D Bypass Switch
Animation
Product
Details
Bypass-Isolation
Transfer Switches
Power
Knowledge
Applications for
Service Entrance
Automatic Transfer
Switches
Product
Details
Service Entrance
Transfer Switches
6 7
21 Integrated Distribution Breakers
Common distribution breaker applications include:

Additional Available Custom Features
These examples are just a few of the configurations and features available through custom-engineered solutions. Additional possibilites include:

Transfer Switches can
be custom-engineered to
integrate service entrance
equipment, distribution
equipment, and more.

Custom engineered devices can save space, reduce delivery times, streamline installation and commissioning, enhance quality control, and reduce overall cost.

The maintenance is top notch and the technical
support is amazing. ASCO service techs ...
do what's right for the hospital, not just the job."
“
Mark Y ., Electrical Management Supervisor
Power
Knowledge
Benefits of
Custom-
Engineered
Transfer Switches
8 9
22 Voltage and Frequency Settings Engine Exerciser
Source Status In-phase Transfer Status
Normal Voltage
Dropout.........85% 408V
Pickup...........90% 432V
O.V. Trip.....110% 528V
P1...............Engine Exerciser
Enable:....Yes....WLoad:....Yes
Start: 19h30min. ALL MON
Run Time:..............21h 15min
Normal Source
Vab=480V.......................ABC
Vbc=480V.............Vunbal=1%
Vca=480V..................60.0Hz
Emerg OK
Waiting for In-Sync
-45° 0.02Hz
Group 5 Controller
The 7000 SERIES Group 5 Controller is reliable and field-proven. It provides all of the voltage, frequency, control, timing, and diagnostic functions required for most emergency and standby power applications.
7000 SERIES Controls and Indicators
• Switch position indicating lights
• Source acceptability indicator lights
• Three-position selector switch:
• Automatic: Normal position
• Test: Simulate normal source failure
• Reset Delay Bypass: Bypass transfer
and re-transfer time delays
Control Switches and Indicating Lights for Closed Transition Switches Additional controls and Indicators for:
• Extended Parallel Time - Provides visual
indication when the pre-set extended parallel
time has been exceeded. The controls
automatically open the emergency or normal
main contacts. Separate contact also available
to shunt trip external breaker.
• Failure To Synchronize - Visually displays a
failure to synchronize alarm if the time delay
settings are exceeded during closed transition
transfer operation.
• Transfer Switch Locked Out - Prevents transfer
in either direction if the extended parallel time
is exceeded.
• Alarm Reset - Resets extended parallel and
failure to synchronize alarms.
• Closed Transition Bypass - Pushbutton allows
transfer between sources in an open transition
mode.

Control Switches and Indicating Lights
• Touch pad programming
• Displays active timers
• On-board diagnostics
• Password protection
• Voltage and frequency sensing
• Status and control functions
Enter/Save SettingsEsc
Increase
Value
Decrease
Value
Menu
Scroll
Menu
Scroll
Normal OK
Load on Normal
Product
Details
Group 5 Controller
10 11
23 Transfer Switch Communications and Metering
Monitor Power Equipment Status
from Anywhere
Monitoring and control transfer switches from
across the room, building, or from Internet.
5310 – LED annunciator – Single ATS
5350 – LED annunciator – up to 8 ATSs
5705 – Interactive CPMA-based graphical
annunciator – up to 8 ATSs
Options to Customize Functionality and Increase Value
Remote Annunciation
Communication
Touch Display Interface
Metering
Advanced Graphical Display and Control
5370 – Graphically displays information from
transfer switches and power devices. Touch
display transfers, re-transfers, initiates engine
start, and configures transfer switch settings.

Transfer Switches are the Perfect Place to
Monitor Power Flow, Power Conditions,
and Power Events
5210 Power Meter – Provides deeper insight into
circuit status and conditions.

PowerLogic PM 8000 – Schneider Electric's
compact, high-performance, power meter
simplifies power quality and maximizes versatility.

Product
Details
5370 Touch
Display Interface
Product
Details
5210 Power Meter
PowerLogic
PM 8000
Product
Details
5300 SERIES
Annunciators
5700 SERIES
Annunciator
Product
Details
5170 Connectivity
Module
5701 Gateway
12 13
24 Time Delays and Extended Control Power
1G1 Auxiliary power connections provide for external 24VDC source to power control panel and power manager/meter when normal and emergency sources are not present or the switch is in isolation mode. Allows for use of full range of extended engine starting time delay feature 1C (0-60min 59 sec). 1GB1 Same as accessory 1G1 except using 120-volt AC external input. 1PS1 Extended control power ride-through (approx. 25 seconds) for Group 5 ATS controller and select communications and metering accessories, e.g. Acc. 72EE2, 72FC, 135L, etc.

Manual Controls for Automatic Transfer Switches
6DL Selector switch for automatic/manual re-transfer to normal. Automatic bypass if emergency fails.

Withstand and Closing Ratings
Note: Other distribution voltages and kA ratings available.

Withstand and Closing Ratings for all 7000 SERIES Power Transfer Switches, including 0.5 second (30-cycle) designs.

Notes:

1. Short Time Ratings are provided for selective coordination of overcurrent protection devices.

2. Switches utilizing overlapping neutral (code C) have 35kA, 0.05-second, time-based rating at 480V max.

3. Short Time Rating applies to 600A bypass switch only. The 600A transfer switch does not have a Short Time Rating.

4. These frames are only available in the 7000 SERIES product line.

5. Max. fuse rating is 1200A on front-connected H-frame switches.

6. Rating shown is for bypass switches only. Transfer switch rating is 100kA.

All units are RMS Symmetrical Amperes.

Application characteristics may permit higher WCRs for certain switch sizes.

Contact ASCO Power Technologies for more information.

Contact ASCO for Service Entrance Switch ratings.
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

Max
Size, A Class 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

0.05 65kA 42kA2 35kA200kA 200kA 65kA
65kA 85kA 42kA 0.05 65kA 42kA2 35kA
J 400 400
-
50kA 42kA
10kA 10kA - -
-10kA
-

7.5kA3

0.025

0.025 -
- -
-
-
42kA 42kA
-
100kA 100kA
36kA 36kA
36kA 36kA
-
85kA
65kA
-
65kA
-
85kA
-
50kA 50kA
65kA
42kA
6 6
7000 SERIES Optional Accessories
Additional 7000 SERIES Transfer Switch Information
Transfer Switches Controls Technical Information
Bypass-Isolation Group 5 Controller &
Power Control Center Drawings Withstand and Closing Ratings Service Entrance Wiring Diagrams Weights, Dimensions & Ordering Info Power
Knowledge
UL 1008 Transfer
Switch Withstand
and Closing
Ratings
Performance
Testing for
Transfer Switches
14 15
25 ASCO Power Technologies - Global Headquarters
160 Park Avenue
Florham Park, NJ 07932
Tel: 800 800 ASCO
www .ascopower .com
customercare@ascopower .com
© 2021 ASCO Power Technologies. All Rights Reserved. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a trademark and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Publication 3040 R20. Printed in the U.S.A.
26 Station 5 (MTS with integral Camlocks)
Reference Quote: K4-23-632481-1-3
Sales Order: 3227040

TRANSFER SWITCH DETAILS

ATS NAME QTY
AMPS /
POLE S
(VOLTS)

BY PASS TRANSITION

TY PE CATALOG NUMBE R ACCE SSORIE SOUTLINE

DRAWING
WIRING

DIAG RAM
BOM

NUMBE R
1 0400 / 3
(480V ) N/A OPEN J03M TQA 30400N0X M 44G,125A ,170EP 977099-014 1191622-001 1398031 Transfer Switch Withstand and Closing Ratings
300, 4000 & 7000 Series
A TS
NA ME
FRA ME
SIZE

SWITCH RA TING A MPS CURRENT LIMITING FUSES SPECIFIC BREA KER TIME BA SED Short Time Ratings3 (sec)
480V Max. 600V Max.

Transfer
Switches
Bypass
Switches
480V
Max.
600V
Max.

MA X
SIZE, A CLA SS 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. Time(Sec) 240V
Max.
480V
Max.
600V
Max. .13 .2 .3 .5 .1 .13 .3 .5
- J 400 400 200kA 200kA
600 J
200kA 200kA 100kA 0.05 65kA 42kA5 35kA 7.5kA - -
800 L
NOTES:
1) All WCR values indicated are tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 1008, 7th Edition. 2) Application requirements may permit higher WCR for certain switch sizes. 3) Short Time ratings are provided for applications involving circuit breakers that utilize trip delay settings for system selective coordination
4) Source 1 (MTS) - The Withstand Rating at 480V is 42kA when coordinated with any breaker capable of clearing a fault current in 0.05 sec or less (time-based rating), 50kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA when coordinated with Class J or Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information. IMPORTANT: FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED.

Source 2 (Camlocks) - The Short Circuit Rating is 22,000 RMS SYM Amperes at 480V. 5) For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 977099-014 (NEMA 3R Secure Enclosure).

Plans and Specifications were not provided. If Plans/Specifications become available this quotation is subject to change.

1. Source 1 (MTS) - The Withstand Rating at 480V is 42kA when coordinated with any breaker capable of clearing a fault current in

0.05 sec or less (time-based rating), 50kA when coordinated with specific breakers (Series Rating) and 200kA when coordinated with Class J or Class L current limiting fuses. See ASCO Pub. 1128 for suitable breakers and additional information. IMPORTANT:

FOR SERIES RATING BREAKERS MUST BE COORDINATED.

Source 2 (Camlocks) - The Short Circuit Rating is 22,000 RMS SYM Amperes at 480V.

2. For dimensions and additional information, see ASCO Outline Drawing 977099-014 (NEMA 3R Secure Enclosure). 27 Station 5 (MTS with integral Camlocks)
Transfer Switch Details
#1 ATS AMPS: 0400 QTY: 1
Product : Series 300 Catalog Number : J03MTQA30400N0XM
Service Voltage / Hz : 480V/0Hz Optional Accessories : 44G,125A,170EP Bypass Isolation : Not Applicable Product Description :
300 Series, Manual Transfer
Switch with Integrated Quick
Connects
No. of Switched Poles: 3 : 3 Neutral Configuration : Solid [A] Withstand Rating: : See WCR Table Below No. of Cables & Lug Size : 2, 1/0 AWG - 250 MCM or One
#4 - 600 MCM
Frame = J, Switch Rating = 0400, Series = 300
Enclosure :
3R(M)-UL Type 3R secure
double door enclosure (See
Disclaimer 3)
Service : Three Phase, 4-wire
Extended Warranty : Not Included Markings :
# ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS
Accessory Code Description
1 44G Strip heater w/ thermostat, wired to load terminals: 208-600 volts 2 125A Seismic
3 170EP
Auxiliary contact sets to indicate switch position & LED indication on panel : Source 1, Off, and Source 2, phase rotation; and engine start/test switch with common alarm input/LED/contact
28 ASCO
®
”
”
29 THREE PHASE WIRING FOR 300 SERIES MANUALLY OPERATED TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE J3MTQ RATED 150-600 AMPERES ASCO
®
ASCO
®
ASCO
®
30 ASCO
®
31 LOAD
S2A
LN
LC
S2CS2B
SOURCE 2
S2N
LB
LA
S1A
SOURCE 1
S1B S1C S1N
CLC
ASCO
®
32 ASCO
®
33 ASCO
®
72EE
ASCO
®
34 ASCO
®
35 ASCO
®
36 ASCO
®
37 Internal
General ASCO Power Technologies, LP products and systems are in our opinion the finest available. We take pride in our products and are pleased that you have chosen them. Under certain circumstances we offer with our products the following Limited Guardian Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship.

Please read your Guardian Warranty carefully. This Warranty sets forth our responsibilities in the unlikely event of defect and tells you how to obtain performance under this Warranty.

Limited Warranty Against Defects in Material and Workmanship:

Terms of Warranty The foregoing Limited Warranty is conditioned upon user’s compliance with the following:

1. The ASCO Power Transfer Switch is installed in accordance with ASCO specifications and state and local codes and standards by an electrician licensed in the state of installation.

2. The ASCO Power Transfer Switch is maintained in accordance with ASCO instructions and used under normal conditions for the purposes intended by ASCO.

All warranty field-related repairs, replacements or adjustments must be made by ASCO Services Inc. or its duly authorized representative.

This Warranty is given ONLY to purchasers who buy for commercial or industrial use in the ordinary course of each purchaser's business.

Limited Warranty

Product Description Series Catalog Code
150, 200 1ATS, 2ATS
Automatic Transfer Switch 300 3ATS, 3ADTS
4000 4ATS, 4ADTS, 4ACTS
Non-Automatic Transfer Switch
(Electrically Operated) 300 3NTS, 3NDTS
ASCO Lighting Control Panels 4000 4NTS, 4NDTS, 4NCTS
Manual Transfer Switch 300 3MTS, 3MTQ, 3MUQ, 3MPQ, 3MGQ, 3MGDQ, 3MTDQ Service Entrance Transfer Switch (SEATS) 300 3AUS, 3ADUS, 3APS, 3ARS, 3MU S Power Transfer Load Center (PTLC) 300 300L
Quick Connect Panels 300 3QCN, 3QCU, 3QCD
Electrically Operated Bypass Switch 4000 4ATE, 4NTE, 4ADTE, 4NDTE 38 Internal
Items Not Covered
By Warranty
This Warranty does not cover damage or defect caused by misuse, improper application, wrong or inadequate electrical current or connection, negligence, inappropriate on site operating conditions, repair by non -ASCO designated personnel, accident in transit, tampering, alterations, a change in location or operating use, exposure to the elements, water, or other corrosive liquids or gases, acts of God, theft or installation contrary to ASCO's recommendations or specifications, or in any event if the ASCO seri al number has been altered, defaced, or removed.

This Warranty does not cover shipping costs, installation costs, external circuit breaker resetting or maintenance or service items and further, except as may be provided herein, does not include labor cos ts or transportation charges arising from the replacement of the ASCO product or any part thereof or charges to remove or reinstall same at any premises of user.

Repair or replacement of a defective product or part thereof does not extend the original Warranty period.

Warranty
Performance of
Component
Manufacturers
It is ASCO's practice, consistent with its desire to remedy Warranty defects in the most prompt and effective manner possible, to cooperate with and utilize the services of component manufacturers and their authorized representatives in the performance of work to correct defects in the product components. Accordingly, ASCO may utilize third parties in the performance of Warranty work, including repair or replacement hereunder, where, in ASCO's opinion, such work can be performed in less time, with less expense, or in closer proximity to the ASCO product.

39 Internal
Limitations This Warranty is in lieu of and excludes all other Warranties, express or implied, including merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

User's sole and exclusive remedy is repair or replacement of the ASCO product as set forth herein.

If user's remedy is deemed to fail of its essential purpose by a court of competent jurisdiction, ASCO's responsibility for property loss or damage shall not exceed the net product purchase price.

ASCO obligations under this Warranty are conditioned upon ASCO timely receipt of full payment of the product purchase price and any other amounts due. ASCO reserves the right to supplement or change the terms of this Warranty in any subsequent warranty offering to user or others.

In the event that any provision of this Warranty should be or beco mes invalid and/or unenforceable during the Warranty period, the remaining terms and provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

This Warranty shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

This Warranty represents the entire agreement between ASCO and user with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, representations, understandings , or agreements relating to this subject.

40 Internal Internal

EQUIPMENT STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

For General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less, refer to ANSI NEMA PB 2.1-2013

Copies of the following documents should be included on the submittals, depending on the units that are on the proposal:

For ASCO Power Technology’s Switchgear and Switchboards, refer to Instruction Bulletin 381333-393.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-002-09.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Power Zone 4 (PZ4) NEMA 3R Walk-In Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80298-156-02.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Quality, Efficient, Delivery” (QED2) Switchboard, refer to Instruction Bulletin 80043-055-14.

For Schneider-Electric/Square D’s Masterclad Metal-Clad Indoor Switchgear, refer to Instruction Bulletin 6055-30.

41 ASCO Series 300 Group G Controller
Standard Operational Features, Controls and Status Indicators Standard Selectable Features
• Inphase monitor to transfer motor loads, without any intentional off time, to prevent inrush currents from exceeding normal starting levels. • Engine Exerciser to automatically test backup generator each week-with or without load 20 minutes not adjustable.
• Commit to transfer
• Selective load disconnect control contacts (two provided) which operate with time delay prior to and/or after load transfer and re-transfer. • 60Hz or 50Hz selectable switch.
• Three – phase/single – phase selectable switch.
124* 64 Graphical LCD Display/LED Indicators
• Switch position green LED for normal
• Switch position red LED for emergency
• Source availability green LED for normal
• Source availability red LED for emergency
• “Not in Auto” amber LED
• Common Alarm amber LED
• Soft key for transfer test function
• Soft key for time delay bypass
• Set Engine Exerciser
• Selection of non – automatic operation
• Scroll, Up/Down Arrows
• Escape key
• Enter key
Voltage & Frequency Sensing
• Three phase under and over voltage sensing on normal, and single phase on emergency
• True RMS voltage sensing with +/- 1% accuracy
• Selective settings: single or three phase voltage sensing on normal and single phase sensing on emergency; 50 or 60Hz
• Frequency sensing accuracy is +/- 0.1Hz
• Under and over frequency settings on normal and emergency • Voltage and frequency parameters adjustable in 1% increments 42 • Normal source pickup voltage adjustment range is 85 – 100%; drop - out voltage adjustment range is 70 – 98% in 1% increments
• Emergency source pickup voltage adjustment range is 85 – 100%; drop - out voltage adjustment range is 70 – 98% in 1% increments
• Normal source pickup frequency adjustment range is 86 – 100%; drop – out adjustment range is 85 – 98% in 1% increments
• Emergency source pickup frequency adjustment range is 86 – 100%; drop – out adjustment range is 85 – 98% in 1% increments
• Over voltage and over frequency reset is fixed at 2% below the trip setting Time Delays
• Engine start time delay – delays engine starting signal to override momentary normal source outages – adjustable 0 to 6 seconds (Feature 1C) • Transfer to emergency time delay – adjustable 0 – 60 minutes (Feature 2B) • Emergency source stabilization time delay to ignore momentary transients during initial generator set loading – adjustable 0 to 4 seconds (Feature 1F) • Re-transfer to normal time delay – adjustable 0 to 10 hours (Feature 3A) • Unloaded running time delay for engine cooldown – adjustable 0 to 60 minutes (Feature 2E)
• Pre and post signal time delay for selective load disconnect with a programmable bypass on source failures – adjustable 0 to 5 minutes (Optional feature 31Z) • Fully programmable engine exerciser seven independent routines to exercise the engine generator, with or without loads, on a daily, weekly. Bi weekly or monthy basis (Optional feature bundle 11BE)
• Delayed transition load disconnect time delay – adjustable 0 to 5 minutes Standard Control Contacts
• Switch position indicating contacts (rated 10 amps 250VAC, 32VDC) (1) for normal position (1) for emergency position
Remote Control Features – external inputs for connecting:
• Remote test switch
• Remote contact for test or for peak shaving applications. If emergency source fails, switch will automatically transfer back to normal source if acceptable • Inhibit transfer to emergency
• Remote time delay bypass switch emergency to normal

43 Electromagnetic Compliance Testing (EMC)

Additional Design Criteria
• NEMA ICS-109.21 Impulse Withstand Test
• Digital circuitry isolated from line voltages
• Isolated RS – 485 Serial Communications Port (Accessory 11BE Bundle) • Connectivity Module for remote monitoring and control (Accessory 72EE) 44 ASCO SERIES 300 Manual Transfer Switches (MTS) with Integrated Quick-Connects enable fast connection of a temporary generator to provide backup power to a building’s electrical system. Service entrance models provide integrated breakers on either or both sources to simplify power system design, procurement, and installation.

Connects a "Backup-for-
the-Backup"
Per 2020 NEC ® 700.3 (F),
connects a temporary
generator when a per -
manent unit is offline for
service.

Streamlines Design,
Procurement & Installation
Integrating a transfer
switch and breakers
reduces overall footprint
and installation labor .

Robust Design Increases
Reliability
UL Listings and 125+
years of ASCO critical
power experience
provides the highest levels
of safety and service.
45 Key Features
One-Line Diagrams
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MTQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MGQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MUQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
Male Cam Loks

ASCO SERIES 300 MPQ
SOURCE 2
Temporary Generator

TO LOAD
SOURCE 1
Utility
03MTQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects
03MUQ - Adds a Service Entrance Breaker for a Utility Feed 03MGQ - Adds a Breaker for a Temporary Genset
03MPQ - Adds a Breaker for a Temporary Genset
and a Service Entrance Breaker for a Utility Feed
• Models from 150 to 1200 Amps, up to 480 VAC,
single or 3-phase
•
All models utilize 16-Series Cam-Lok™ connectors
•
All models feature UL1008-Listed
Transfer Switches
•
Configurations including a breaker on Source 1
(Utility Feed) are Service Entrance rated, (MUQ, MPQ)
•
Standard UL50
Type 3R Secure Cabinet is outdoor
rated with or without temporary power cables connected
•
Optional 316 Stainless Steel UL50
Type 3RX
Enclosure available
•
Three-position center-off switch is robust and
easy-to-use
•
Leverages
ASCO's years of experience and industry
leading transfer switch technology
•
Compact design is easy to install and maintain
• Designed to handle the demands of motors and
high current inrush loads
•
Solid Neutral or Switched Neutral
•
Solutions for compliance to NFP
A 110 standards for
Emergency and Standby Power Systems and
2020 NEC
® Article 700.3 (F)
•
Auxiliary contacts indicate switch position, two
contacts for each source
•
Form C contacts and optional Option LED indicators
for switch position and source availability
•
T
wo-Wire Engine Start Selector assigns generator
preference
•
Optional IO Module streamlines integration with a
building management system
46 NUMBER DESCRIPTION MODEL
44A Strip Heater with Thermostat. External 120V power source required. MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ 44G Strip Heater with Thermostat wired to load terminals MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ 63* Special Lugs MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
73 Surge Suppressor Rated 65kA MTQ, MUQ
125A Seismic-Rated Construction MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
131 Built in the U.S.A. MTQ, MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
134 100% Rated Breaker MUQ, MGQ, MPQ
135L ASCO 5210 Digital Power Meter monitors the load source Voltage, Frequency , and Current calculates and displays Power , Energy , and Power Factor .

MTQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects on Generator MUQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Service Entrance Breaker On Utility and Quick Connects on Generator MGQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Breaker and Quick Connects on Generator MPQ: Manual Transfer Switch with Service Entrance Breaker On Utility and Breaker with Quick Connects on Generator Accessories
Notes:
* J Frame 600A - No Optional Compression Lugs
47 Features & Ordering Information
MTQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects on S2 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

RMS SYM
J
150A-400A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (1) #1 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (1) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
Load - (1) #4 - 600 MCM OR (2) 1/0 - 250
MCM per Phase, Neutral, & Ground
35,000 22,000
600A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 33" D
S1 - (2) 2/0 - 500 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (2) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
50,000 22,000
H
800A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 39" D
S1 - (3) 3/0 - 500 MCM per Phase, Neutral,
& Ground
S2 - (2) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (3) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
1000A-
1200A
S1 - Lugs and Breaker
S2 - Series 16 Single
Pole Male Cam Loks
Load - Lugs
Floor Mount 96" H x 37" W x 56" D
S1 - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
S2 - (3) Male Cam Lok per Phase, Neutral
and (1) on Ground
Load - (4) 1/0 - 600 MCM per Phase,
Neutral, & Ground
65,000 22,000
48 Features & Ordering Information
MGQ - Manual Transfer Switch with Quick Connects plus Breaker on S2 SYSTEM WCR Rating @ 480V Frame Rating
(Amps)
Standard Connection
Type (S1/S2) Mounting Dimensions Internal Connection Source 1

RMS SYM
Source 2

Note: H Frame MPQ's are provided with accessory 40*B (Source 1 & 2 Reversed). 49 ID # XE13273
Phone:

Email:

Project Manager:

Equipment ID: CE16684
*** Submittals are hold for approval.***
** No equipment will be ordered until we have approved submittal and customer confirmation to release equipment for manufacturing. ** Project Engineer:

Email:

Phone:

City of Camarillo PS3
QPS Project Number: 240088
(1) NEW CATERPILLAR MODEL C18 TIER II STANDBY GENERATOR SET, RATED 600KW WITH FAN, 277/480V, 3 PHASE, 60 HZ AT 1800 RPM. SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE WITH 1000 GALLON UL142 BASE FUEL TANK.

Box 227044, Los Angeles, CA 90022-0744
3500 Shepherd St., City of Industry, CA 90601
Phone: (562) 463-6000 Fax: (562) 699-8614
Submittal Package
Project Name
1 Page
3 7
ADEM A4 Controller 9
12 LED Lights 16
17 5 Gallon Spill Box 21
Overfill Prevention Valve 22
90% Fuel Level Panel & Sensor 23
25 26
33 38
Local annunciator 39
Input Expansion Module 40
Output Expansion Module 41
42 High Efficiency Jacket Water Heater 46
Ground Fault Relay 47
50 20A GFCI Receptacles 52
125A Load Center 53
CAT Product Link PLG641 54
60 Performance Data 62
66 Battery Data 70
74 78
81 93
100
Warranty Documentation 106
108
GCCP 1.2 Controller
D350 Voltage Regulator
Emissions Documentation
CAT Fluids
Drawings
Generator Set Mechanical Drawings
Table of Contents
Section
Bill of Materials
Generator Spec Sheets
Sub-Section
C18 Diesel Generator Set
Sound Attenuated Enclosure
Sub-base Fuel Tank
Circuit Breakers
Permanent Magnet Generator
Systems Data
Generator End Data
Package Data
Battery Charger UL 10 Amp
Documentation
Startup Checklist
Generator Set Electrical Drawings
IBC Certification
2 Configuration:

CAT Standard Features and options
GCCP 1.2controls including:
- Run/Auto/Stop Control
- Engine cooldown timer
- Programmable cycle timer
- Speed and voltage adjust
- Engine cycle crank
- Emergency stop pushbutton
- Audible alarm
GCCP 1.2 controller features:
- 24V DC operation
- Environmental sealed front face

4.5" Digital indication for:
- RPM
- DC Volts
- Operating hours
- Oil pressure/temperature
- Coolant temperature
- AC voltmeter, Ammeter, Frequency, Tachometer
- kW, kVA, kVAr, kW-hr, kVA-hr.

Warning/shutdown with common LED indication of shutdowns for:
- Low oil pressure
- Low coolant temperature alarm
- High coolant temperature shutdown
- Low coolant level shutdown
Programmable protective relaying functions:
- Generator phase sequence
- Over/under voltage
- Over/under frequency
- Reverse power
- Reverse reactive power
- Overcurrent
Voltage within +/- 0.25% at steady state from not load to full load D350 Digital Voltage Regulator
CAT Battery with rack and cables
Installed oversized battery(wet) 1400CCA; 200A hr.; 12V (x2) Control System:

Bill of Materials
(1) NEW CATERPILLAR MODEL C18 TIER II STANDBY GENERATOR SET, RATED 600KW WITH FAN, 277/480V, 3 PHASE, 60 HZ AT 1800 RPM. SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE WITH 1000 GALLON UL142 BASE FUEL TANK.

Model C18, In-line 6, 4-cycle diesel, 18.1 liter engine Electrical system, 24 VDC
Engine Package Description:
600 ekW w/1800 RPM
24V, 45A charging alternator
Charging System:

AC and DC wiring looms w/multi pin connectors
Coolant and lube drains piped to the edge of base
CAT Electronic Governor (ADEM A4)
Fuel and oil filters
Automatic start/stop control panel (Standard control panel EMCP 4.4) 3 - Current balance
- Bus phase sequence
Communications
- DSE Communication link
- RS485 Serial DATA link (Modbus)
Initial fill of coolant and lube oil
IBC Seismic/Wind Certification
Enclosure lights
- (4) 4/0 - 500 kcmil
SUSE decals and film
105°C temp rise over 40°C ambient
Space heater
External emergency stop button
Generator running & fault relay
Generator:

Control System (EMCP4.4
with options):

General:

Mounting System:

Enclosure:

Additional Optional Generator Set Equipment Included in Sale Quotation:

Exhaust:

Circuit Breaker:
1000:5 CT Ratio
(2) 1200A Circuit Breaker, 100% rated, UL, LSI Electrical Sound attenuated enclosure with viewing window
Color (White enclosure)
Alternator LC7034L - Permanent magnet excitation
Exhaust manifold, dry
Relay ground fault indication
Local annunciator(NFPA99-110)
Generators:

Standard ambient temperatures up to 50°C (122°F)
Anticorrosive paint protection
Radiator and cooling fan complete with protective guards Class H Insulation
Anti-freeze and corrosion inhibitor
Coolant level sensor
Thermostats and housing, full open temp. 92°C (198°F)
Coolant level sight gauge
Jacket water pump, gear driven, centrifugal
Cooling System:

UL listed mainline breaker
Electrical stub-up area directly below circuit breaker
Circuit Breaker:

NEMA 1 Enclosure with hinged door
Drip proof generator air intake
All electroplated hardware or stainless steel
High gloss polyurethane paint for durability and scuff resistance (1) Set Operations & Maintenance manual pack in OMM storage compartment Factory standard test @ 0.8PF, control and device checks Finish:

Heavy-duty fabricated steel base with lifting eyes.

Vibration damper
Flexible fuel lines to base with NPT connections
4 Dustproof control panel
125A load center
Product link gen cellular
Wide base with extension
90% fuel alarm panel & sensor
Air Cleaner - Standard(light duty)
UL 2200 listed package generator set
Alternator test report & PGS Test report @0.8 PF
Sales tax
Air, building or construct permits
- QPS to Supply the following Equipment
(1) C18, (600kW) Tier II Generator package set as described in above Bill of Materials - Factory orders placed upon confirmation via email of submittal approval and release for production by City of Camarillo.
- QPS will notify City of Camarillo of estimated factory ready to ship date upon approval. - QPS will notify City of Camarillo once unit have been received in our QPS yard and unit has been inspected - QPS will notify City of Camarillo once unit is ready for jobsite delivery Installation, wiring, piping, plumbing or anchoring of equipment Diesel fuel, initial fill or for testing

SCOPE OF WORK
- QPS will schedule carrier and delivery of above equipment to jobsite on single flatbed truck. - City of Camarillo to offload equipment from truck, via forklift or crane service and set in place. - City of Camarillo to mount, anchor, plumb and wire QPS supplied equipment on site. - City of Camarillo to fill out and submit QPS Startup Checklist, confirming installation of equipment, wire termination, fuel filling, etc.
- City of Camarillo to provide 2 week notice for prospective startup date. - City of Camarillo to terminate all electrical wires, exhaust piping and fuel piping from QPS supplied equipment

5-gallon spill containment & overfill prevention valve (fill pipe within 6: of tank bottom) UL142, 1000 gallon, sub base mounted fuel tank
Emissions Certification
Quinn Power Systems Services Included:

Quinn Power Systems Services NOT Included:

Battery disconnect switch
Miscellaneous:

Battery charger, 10A, UL listed
Shop prep (Includes shop load bank test)
Heater control group(Shore power relay, CB, terminal and harnesses to be used with jacket water heater)
Remote annunciator & annunciator box [shipped loose installed by others] 2 inch tank riser kit
Control panel mounting left
Power center - right hand mounted
Startup (standard field test)(Load bank testing included in sale quotation) Delivery to Jobsite (offload, crane, installation by others) Cooling System:

Jacket Water Heater, 240VAC (2.5 Kw)
Fuel System:

Sourcewell Warranty (48months/2,000 hrs./ $0 deductible) Stainless Steel braided fuel hoses
Battery Charger:
5 Startup/Commissioning Services are provided for CAT factory/ QPS supplied equipment only. Scope of work for Startup Services available upon request. Out of Scope services are billed on a Time & Material basis in the field at purchaser's expense. QPS standard labor rates apply. Technician services are provided during normal business hours Monday through Friday.

Exception taken to any NETA 3rd party or independent testing requirements. Any and all testing as listed above to be provided by QPS technicians.

Quotation does not include any sales Tax, Air District or Building Permits, Off-loading or Crane Services, Installation or Anchoring, Initial fill or Test fuel, Major Testing unless otherwise specified in the Bill of Materials.

Depending on final height of installed generator set, a working platform may be required to access the control panel and maintenance doors. Platforms are not included in this proposal, unless stated above. Call for revised quotation if required.

NOTES, EXCEPTION, CLARIFICATION
Quinn Power Systems is not a general, electrical or installing contractor. Providing equipment and services as describe above only.
- QPS will schedule and confirm startup service and training if applicable with City of Camarillo.

The equipment offered in this proposal is CAT standard product as listed above. No other written details, plans, specification sections, contract documents, general or supplementary conditions apply to this quotation. Exception taken to anything not included in this proposal and as listed below. 6 Cat
®
C18 DIESEL GENERATOR SETS
LEHE1581-02 1/2
Standby & Prime: 60Hz

PACKAGE PERFORMANCE
Image shown might not reflect actual configuration
Engine Model Cat® C18 ACERT™ In-line 6, 4-cycle diesel
Bore x Stroke 145mm x 183mm (5.7in x 7.2in)
Displacement 18.1 L (1106 in³)
Compression Ratio 14.5:1
Aspiration Turbocharged Air-to-Air Aftercooled
Fuel Injection System MEUI
Governor Electronic ADEM™ A4
Model Standby Prime Emission Strategy
C18 600 ekW, 750 kVA 545 ekW, 681 kVA TIER II Non-Road
Performance Standby Prime
Frequency 60 Hz
Genset Power Rating 750 kVA 681 kVA
Genset power rating with fan @ 0.8 power factor 600 ekW 545 ekW Emissions TIER II Non-Road
Performance Number DM8518-04 DM8522-05
Fuel Consumption
100% load with fan, L/hr (gal/hr) 161.6 (42.7) 151.1 (39.9) 75% load with fan, L/hr (gal/hr) 129.6 (34.2) 123.6 (32.6) 50% load with fan, L/hr (gal/hr) 91.7 (24.2) 89.2 (23.6) 25% load with fan, L/hr (gal/hr) 46.8 (12.4) 48.7 (12.9) Cooling System1
Radiator air flow restriction (system), kPa (in. Water) 0.12 (0.48) 0.12 (0.48) Radiator air flow, m3/min (cfm) 803 (28357) 803 (28357) Engine coolant capacity, L (gal) 20.8 (5.5) 20.8 (5.5)
Radiator coolant capacity, L (gal) 61 (16) 61 (16)
Total coolant capacity, L (gal) 82 (22) 82 (22)
Inlet Air
Combustion air inlet flow rate, m³/min (cfm) 47.8 (1687.8) 46.7 (1649.0) Max. Allowable Combustion Air Inlet Temp, °C (°F) 49 (120) 49 (120) Exhaust System
Exhaust stack gas temperature, °C (°F) 534.6 (994.3) 518.2 (964.8) Exhaust gas flow rate, m³/min (cfm) 135.5 (4784.4) 129.6 (4576.4) Exhaust system backpressure (maximum allowable) kPa (in. water) 10.0 (40.0) 10.0 (40.0) Heat Rejection
Heat rejection to jacket water, kW (Btu/min) 189 (10747) 175 (9953) Heat rejection to exhaust (total) kW (Btu/min) 634 (36053) 596 (33895) Heat rejection to aftercooler, kW (Btu/min) 153 (8700) 142 (8076) Heat rejection to atmosphere from engine, kW (Btu/min) 86 (4902) 83 (4726) 7 Cat
®
C18 D IESEL GENERATOR SETS
Emissions
Alternator3
Voltages 480V 600V 480V 600V
Motor starting capability @ 30% Voltage Dip 2023 skVA 1633 skVA 2023 skVA Current 902 amps 722 amps 819 amps 656 amps
Frame Size LC7024H LC7024F LC7024H
Excitation AR AR AR
Temperature Rise 130 ° C 125 ° C 105 ° C

WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS:

AS1359, CSA C22.2 No100-04, UL142, UL489, UL869, UL2200, NFPA37, NFPA70, NFPA99, NFPA110, IBC, IEC60034-1, ISO3046, ISO8528, NEMA MG1-22, NEMA MG1-33, 2006/95/EC, 2006/42/EC, 2004/108/EC.

Note: Codes may not be available in all model configurations. Please consult your local Cat Dealer representative for availability.

STANDBY: Output available with varying load for the duration of the interruption of the normal source power. Average power output is 70% of the standby power rating. Typical operation is 200 hours per year, with maximum expected usage of 500 hours per year.

PRIME: Output available with varying load for an unlimited time. Average power output is 70% of the prime power rating. Typical peak demand is 100% of prime rated ekW with 10% overload capability for emergency use for a maximum of 1 hour in 12. Overload operation cannot exceed 25 hours per year RATINGS: Ratings are based on SAE J1349 standard conditions. These ratings also apply at ISO3046 standard conditions.

DEFINITIONS AND CONDITIONS
1 For ambient and altitude capabilities consult your Cat dealer. Air flow restriction (system) is added to existing restriction from factory. 3 UL 2200 Listed packages may have oversized generators with a different temperature rise and motor starting characteristics. Generator temperature rise is based on a 40° C ambient per NEMA MG1-32.

LEHE1581-02 (05/20)
www.Cat.com/electricpower
All rights reserved.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.The International System of Units (SI) is used in this publication. © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Corporate Yellow”, the “Power Edge” and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission Dim “A” mm (in) Dim “B” mm (in) Dim “C” mm (in) Dry Weight kg (lb) 3477 (137) 1628 (64) 2102 (83) 4431 (9769)
C
A
2/2
B
2304 skVA
LC7034L
PMG
105 ° C
8 See attached drawings for up-
dated weights & dimensions

LEHE5347-02 Page 1 of 3
Engine Controller
Features
Reliable, Durable
All ADEM A4 controllers are designed to survive
the harshest environments.
● Environmentally sealed, die-cast aluminum
housing solates and protects electronic
components from moisture and dirt
contamination
● Rigorous vibration testing ensures product
reliability and durability
● Accuracy maintained from –40°C to 85°C
● Electrical noise immunity to 100 volts / meter
● Internal circuits are designed to withstand shorts
to + battery and – battery
Simple Servicing
Each ADEM A4 system works in combination
with the Cat
® ET service tool software to keep the
engine operating at peak performance.
● Displays measured parameters
● Retrieves active and logged event code
documenting abnormal system operation
● Performs calibrations and diagnostic tests
● Supports flash programming of new software
into the ADEM A4 ECM
ADEM™ A4 Engine
Controller
The ADEM™ A4 is the main Electronic Control
Module (ECM) used on select diesel engines.

The ADEM A4 provides a higher degree of control
over a large number of combustion variables.

The ADEM A4 is designed to control/interface
Electronic Unit Injector (EUI) equipped engines.

The ADEM A4 engine system is composed of
the ADEM A4 ECM, control software, sensors,
actuators, fuel injectors, and interface to the
generator system. The prime benefit of an ADEM
A4 engine system is to better control and maintain
the particulate emissions, both steady state and
transient, while improving engine performance.

Self Diagnostics
Each ADEM A4 ECM has a full compliment of
diagnostics. The ECM can detect faults in the
electrical system and report those faults to the
service technician for quick repair.
● Self-diagnostic capability pinpoints operational
prob-lems in need of attention.

Advanced Features
● Enhanced performance from fuel injection
timing and limiting
● Adjustable monitoring of vital engine
parameters
● Programmable speed acceleration ramp rate
● Data link interfaces
9 Engine Controller

LEHE5347-03 Page 2 of 3
Description
The ECM is housed in an environmentally sealed
cast-ing. All wiring connections to the ECM are
made using two sealed connectors: a single
seventy-pin connector and a single one hundred
twenty-pin connector.

Engine Speed Governing
Desired engine speed is calculated by the ECM
and held within ±0.2 Hz for isochronous and
droop mode. The ECM accounts for droop that is
requested. The proper amount of fuel is sent to
the injectors due to these calculations. The ECM
also employs cooldown/shutdown strategies,
acceleration delays on startup, acceleration ramp
times and speed reference.

Fuel Limiting
Warm and cold fuel-air ratio control limits are
con-trolled by the ECM. Electronic monitoring
system derates, torque limit, and cranking limit,
programmable torque scaling, and cold cylinder
cutout mode are standard features.

Fuel Injection Timing
Master timing for injection is controlled by the
ECM control. Temperature dependencies are
accounted for in the fuel injection calculations.

Electronic Monitoring
Electronic monitoring of vital engine parameters
can be programmed. Warning, derate, and
shutdown event conditions may be customized by
the user.

Information Management
The ECM stores information to assist with
electronic troubleshooting. Active and logged
diagnostic codes, active events, logged events,
fuel consumption, engine hours, and instantaneous
totals aid service technicians when diagnosing
electronic faults and scheduling preventive
maintenance.

Calibrations
Engine performance is optimized through injection
timing. Auto/manual sensor calibrations are
standard features.

On-Board System Tests
System tests are available to assist in electronic
trou-bleshooting. These tests include: injector
activation, injector cutout, and override of control
outputs.

Data Link Interfaces
The ADEM A4 communicates with the EMCP via a
dedicated communication network.

Electronic Sensing
The following sensing is available on the ADEM
A4: oil pressure, fuel pressure, fuel temperature,
atmospheric pressure, air inlet temperature, turbo
outlet pressure, engine coolant temperature,
engine speed, throttle, position, exhaust
temperature, oil filter pressure differential, fuel filter pressure differential, air filter pressure differential and crankcase pressure.
10 Engine Controller

Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. Discretion is recommended when distributing.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow,” the “Power Edge” and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.
www.cat,com/electricpower
©2019 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.

SPECIFICATIONS
Impervious to:

Salt spray, fuel, oil and oil additives, coolant,
spray cleaners, chlorinated solvents, hydrogen
sulfide and methane gas, and dust.

Input and output protection
All inputs and outputs are protected against
short circuits to +battery and –battery
Input voltage range (24 VDC nominal)
18 to 32 VDC
Mounting
Engine mounted
LEHE5347-03 (02/19)
Reverse polarity protected
Shock, withstands 20g
Temperature range
Operating: –40°C to 85°C (–40°F to 185°F)
Storage: –50°C to 120°C (–58°F to 248°F)
Vibration
Withstands 8.0g @ 24 to 2 kHz
11 Enclosures
LEHE0465-09 1/7
C13/C15/C18

SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURES
US Sourced
Diesel Generator Set
350 - 750 ekW 60 Hz
Features
Robust/Highly Corrosion Resistant Construction
• Factory installed on skid base
• Environmentally friendly, polyester powder baked paint • 14 gauge steel
• Interior zinc plated fasteners
• Exterior stainless steel fasteners
• Internally mounted exhaust silencing system
• Designed and tested to comply with UL 2200 Listed generator set package
• Compression door latches providing solid door seal
Excellent Access
• Large cable entry area for installation ease
• Accommodates side mounted single or multiple breakers • Three doors on both sides
• Vertically hinged allow 180° opening rotation and retention with door stays
• Lube oil and coolant drains piped to the exterior of the enclosure base
• Radiator fill cover
Security and Safety
• Lockable access doors which give full access to control panel and breaker
• Cooling fan and battery charging alternator fully guarded • Fuel fill, oil fill and battery can only be reached via lockable access • Externally mounted emergency stop button
• Designed for spreader bar lifting to ensure safety
• Stub-up area is rodent proof
Transportability
These enclosures are of extremely rugged construction to withstand outdoor exposure and rough handling common on many construction sites.

Options
• Enclosure constructed with 14 gauge steel
• Enclosure constructed with 12 gauge aluminum (5052 grade) • Caterpillar yellow or white paint
• Control panel viewing window
• UL Listed integral fuel tank with 670, 400, and 300 gallon capacities
• UL Listed sub base fuel tank with 660, 1000, 1900, and 2200 gallon capacities.
• Seismic certification per applicable building codes: IBC 2000, IBC 2003, IBC 2006, IBC 2009, IBC 2012, IBC 2015 CBC 2007, CBC 2010 • IBC Certification for 150 mph wind loading
• AC/DC lighting package
• 5 kW Canopy space heater to facilitate compliance with NFPA 110 • Motorized louvers and gravity discharge damper
• 125A Load Center
• GFCI outlets
*Not available with aluminum enclosures.

Picture shown may not reflect actual configuration
12 Enclosures
LEHE0465-09 2/7
Level 1 Sound Attenuated Enclosure (Steel) Sound Levels Sound Attenuated Enclosure (Aluminum) Sound Levels
Model Standby eKW Cooling Air Flow Rate Ambient Capability* Sound Pressure Levels (dBA) at 7m (23 ft)
m3/s cfm ˚C ˚F 100% Load
C13 350 8.5 18010 57 135 74
400 8.5 18010 56 133 75
C15
350 10.4 22072 59 138 73
400 10.4 22072 51 124 73
450 10.4 22072 46 115 74
500 12.5 26415 48 118 75
C18
550 8.1 17234 45 113 75
600 8.1 17234 43 109 75
650 12.7 26909 51 123 75
700 12.7 26909 48 118 75
750 12.7 26909 48 118 75
Model Standby eKW Cooling Air Flow Rate Ambient Capability* Sound Pressure Levels (dBA) at 7m (23 ft)
m3/s cfm ˚C ˚F 100% Load
C13 350 8.5 - 57 135 75
400 8.5 - 56 133 75
C15
350 10.4 22072 59 138 72
400 10.4 22072 51 124 73
450 10.4 22072 46 115 74
500 12.5 26415 48 118 75
C18
550 8.1 17234 45 113 76
600 8.1 17234 43 109 76
650 12.7 26909 51 123 76
700 12.7 26909 48 118 76
750 12.7 26909 48 118 76
13 Enclosures
LEHE0465-09 3/7
Level 2 Sound Attenuated Enclosure (Steel) Sound Levels Component Weights to Calculate Package Weight
Sound Attenuated Enclosure on Skid Base
Model Standby eKW Cooling Air Flow Rate Ambient Capability* Sound Pressure Levels (dBA) at 7m (23 ft)
m3/s cfm ˚C ˚F 100% Load
C13 350 7.2 15256 50 122 70
400 7.2 15256 50 122 70
C15
350 10.4 22071 50 122 72
400 10.4 22071 50 122 72
450 10.4 22071 50 122 72
500 12.5 26415 50 122 72
Model Standby
eKW
Narrow Skid Base Wide Skid Base Sound Attenuated
Enclosure (Steel)
Sound Attenuated
Enclosure (Aluminum)
kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb
C13 350 253 578 579 1276 1245 2745 765 1687400
C15
350
273 602 465 1025 1245 2745 765 1687400
450
500
C18
550 301 664 466 1027 1301 2868 817 1801600
650
286 630 637 1404 1393 3071 887 1955700
750
Model Standby eKW Length “L” Width “W” Height “H”
mm in mm in mm in
C13 350 4948 194.8 2014 79.3 2320 91.3400
C15
350
4948 194.8 2014 79.3 2320 91.3400
450
500
C18
550 5183 204.0 2014 79.3 2262 89.0600
650
5230 205.9 2315 91.1 2253 88.7700
750
*Cooling system performance at sea level. Consult your Cat® dealer for site specific ambient and altitude capabilities.

Note: Sound level measurements are subject to instrumentation, installation and manufacturing variability, as well as ambient site conditions. 14 Enclosures
LEHE0465-09 6/7
Sound Attenuated Enclosure on a UL Listed 1000 Gallon Sub-Base Fuel Tank Base Model Standby eKW Length “L” Width “W” Height “H”
mm in mm in mm in
C13 350 5751 226.4 2056 80.9 2955 116.3400
C15
350
5751 226.4 2056 80.9 2955 116.3400
450
500
C18 550 5747 226.3 2056 80.9 2897 114.1600
15 LED Lights
Features
AC/DC Lighting Kit
• Capable of AC and DC operation with provided
selector switch
•
DC operation has a 60-minute timer switch to
limit battery drain
•
AC operation is enabled by transformer
• Low voltage, low energy circuit and operation
• Installation includes two LED lights
Technical Data
Theoretical Lumens Output 1600 lm
Operational Lumens Output 1000 lm
Color Temperature 5700 K
Lens PC
Body Aluminum
Weight 0.6 kg
IP Rating IP68, IP6K9K
EMC
CISPR 25 Class 3,
EN 12895,
ISO 13766,
ISO 14982,
ISO 7637-2
Operating Temperatures
-40°C to +85°C
(Overheat
protected)
Image shown may not reflect actual package.

Materials
and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. 16 LEHE0467-09 Page 1 of 5
Features
C13 / C15 / C18
Integral and Sub-Base
Fuel Tanks
US Sourced
Diesel Generator Set
350 – 750 ekW 60 Hz
Picture shown may not represent actual package.

ATTACHMENTS
• UL Listed for United States (UL 142) and Canada (CAN/ULC S601) • Facilitates compliance with NFPA 30 code, NFPA 37 and 110 standards and CSA C282 code • Dual wall
• Lockable fuel fill cap, 4” (101.6 mm) NPT
• Low fuel level warning standard, customer configurable warning or shutdown • Primary tank leak detection switch in containment basin • Tank design provides capacity for thermal expansion of fuel • Fuel supply dip tube is positioned so as not to pick up fuel sediment • Fuel return and supply dip tube is separated by an internal baffle to prevent immediate re-supply of heated return fuel
• Pressure washed with an iron phosphate solution
• Interior tank surfaces coated with a solvent-based thin-film rust preventative • Heavy gauge steel gussets with internal lifting rings • Primary and secondary tanks are leak tested at 20.7 kPa (3 psi) minimum • Compatible with open packages and enclosures
• Gloss black polyester alkyd enamel exterior paint
• Welded steel containment basin (minimum of 110% of primary tank capacity) • Direct reading fuel gauge with variable electrical output • Emergency vents on primary and secondary tanks are sized in accordance with NFPA 30 Sub-Base
• The Sub-Base fuel tank mounts below the generator set wide base Integral
• Integral diesel fuel tank is incorporated into the generator set base frame • Robust base design includes linear vibration isolators between tank base and engine generator Options
• Audio/visual fuel level alarm panel
• 5 gal (18.9 L) spill containment
• 5 gal (18.9 L) spill containment with fuel fill drop tube with in 6” (152 mm) from bottom of tank • 5 gal (18.9 L) spill containment with overfill prevention valve and fuel fill drop tube with in 6” (152 mm) from bottom of tank
• ULC Listed 7.5 gal (28.4 L) spill containment with vent extensions, vent whistle, and drop tube facilitating compliance with CSA B139-09
• ULC Listed 7.5 gal (28.4 L) spill containment with overfill prevention valve, vent extensions, vent whistle and drop tube facilitating compliance with CSA B139-09
17 ATTACHMENTS

Integral & Sub-Base Fuel Tank Base Useable Capacities with Fuel Tank Dimensions & Weights
Integral - Width(W) 2014 mm (79.3 in)
Sub-base - Width(W) 2056 mm (81 in)
Integral* - Width(W) 2315 mm (91.2 in)
Sub-base*-Width(W) 2357 mm (92.7in)
Sound Attenuated Enclosure
C13 Tank
Design
Feature
Code
Total
Capacity
Useable
Capacity
Tank Only
Overall Package Height with
Tank
Dry Weight Height ‘H’ Length ‘L’ Open Enclosure
Liter Gallon Liter Gallon kg lb mm in mm in mm in mm in Integral FTDW013 2646 699 2540 671 1569 3450 762 30.0 5461 215.0 NA NA 2743 108.0 Sub-Base FTDW005 /
FTDW016 3941 1041 3876 1024 1659 3657 635 25.0 5550 218.5 NA NA 2955 116.3 Sub-Base FTDW006 6980 1844 6818 1801 2033 4483 889 35.0 6184 243.5 NA NA 3209 126.3 Sub-Base FTDW007 8339 2203 8244 2178 2292 5052 889 35.0 7074 278.5 NA NA 3209 126.3 Sub-Base FTDW011 2476 654 2435 643 1468 3236 635 25.0 3810 150.0 NA NA 2955 116.3 C15 Tank
Design
Feature
Code
Total
Capacity
Useable
Capacity
Tank Only
Overall Package Height with
Tank
Dry Weight Height ‘H’ Length ‘L’ Open Enclosure
Liter Gallon Liter Gallon kg lb mm in mm in mm in mm in Integral FTDW001 1283 339 1262 333 1015 2237 639 25.0 4746 186.9 NA NA 2619 103.0 Sub-Base FTDW005 /
FTDW016 3941 1041 3876 1024 1659 3657 635 25.0 5550 218.5 NA NA 2955 116.3 Sub-Base FTDW006 6980 1844 6818 1801 2228 4912 889 35.0 6184 243.5 NA NA 3209 126.3 Sub-Base FTDW011 2476 654 2435 643 1468 3236 635 25.0 3810 150.0 NA NA 2955 116.3 Sub-Base FTDW034 10887 2876 9899 2615 2847 6277 914 36 7747 305 NA NA 3233 127.3 C18 Tank
Design
Feature
Code
Total
Capacity
Useable
Capacity
Tank Only
Overall Package Height with
Tank
Dry Weight Height ‘H’ Length ‘L’ Open Enclosure
Liter Gallon Liter Gallon kg lb mm in mm in mm in mm in Integral FTDW003 1446 382 1422 376 1015 2237 635 25.0 3814 150.1 NA NA 2560 100.8 Integral* FTDW030 2498 660 2381 629 1681 3703 762 30.0 4995 196.6 2670 105 2675 105.3 Integral* FTDW031 5175 1367 4997 1320 2046 4510 762 30.0 6737 265.3 NA NA 2675 105.3 Sub-Base
FTDW005 /
FTDW016 3941 1041 3876 1024 1659 3657 635 25.0 5550 218.5 NA NA 2905 114.3 Sub-Base FTDW007 8339 2203 8244 2178 2150 4134 889 35.0 7074 278.5 NA NA 3209 126.3 Sub-Base FTDW011 2476 654 2435 643 1468 3236 635 25.0 3810 150.0 NA NA 2905 114.3 Sub-Base* FTDW032 10228 2702 9994 2640 2638 5816 889 35.0 7368 290 NA NA 3132 123.3 LEHE0467-09 Page 3 of 5
*For Ratings 650, 700 &750 ekW only
18 ATTACHMENTS
The heights listed above do not include lumber used during manufacturing and shipping.

Estimated Run Times (Hours) at 100% Load
C13 Tank
Design Feature Code
Standby Ratings (ekW) Prime Ratings (ekW)
400 350 – – 350 320 – –
Integral Tank FTDW013 24 27 – – 25 29 – –
Sub-Base FTDW005 / FTDW016 36 41 – – 38 43 – –
Sub-Base FTDW006 65 72 – – 72 77 – –
Sub-Base FTDW007 77 87 – – 81 93 – –
Sub-Base FTDW011 23 25 – – 24 27 – –
C15 Tank
Design Feature Code
Standby Ratings (ekW) Prime Ratings (ekW)
500 450 400 350 455 410 365 320
Integral Tank FTDW001 / FTDW002 9 9 11 11 10 10 11 12
Sub-Base FTDW005 / FTDW016 28 29 32 36 30 31 35 38
Sub-Base FTDW006 50 52 57 63 54 56 62 67
Sub-Base FTDW008 / FTDW011 17 18 20 22 19 20 22 24
Sub-Base FTDW034 72 75 82 91 78 81 90 97
LEHE0467-09 Page 4 of 5
C18 Tank
Design Feature Code
Standby Ratings (ekW) Prime Ratings (ekW)
750 700 650 600 550 680 635 600 545 500
Integral FTDW003 / FTDW004
– – – 8 9 – – – 9 10
Integral* FTDW030 11 12 13 – – 12 13 14 – –
Integral* FTDW031 24 25 27 – – 26 27 29 33 36
Sub-Base FTDW005 / FTDW016 – – – 24 25 – – – 25 27
Sub-Base FTDW007 – – – 51 54 – – – 54 59
Sub-Base FTDW008 / FTDW011 – – – 15 16 – – – 16 17
Sub-Base* FTDW032 49 51 54 – – 53 55 58 – –
*For Ratings 650, 700 &750 ekW only
19 ATTACHMENTS

Tanks with full electrical stub-up area include removable end channel. Tanks with RH stub-up include stub- up area directly below the circuit breaker or power terminal strips. Dimensions include weather-protective enclosure exhaust system.

Dual wall sub-base tanks are UL Listed and constructed in accordance with UL Standard for Safety UL 142, Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Canada CAN/ULC S601, Standard for Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Horizontal Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.

Fuel tanks and applicable options facilitate compliance with the following United States NFPA Code and Standards:

NFPA 30: Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 37: Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines NFPA 110: Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems Fuel tanks and applicable options facilitate compliance with the following Canadian Standard and Code:

CSA C282 – Emergency Electrical Power Supply for Buildings CSA B139-09 - Installation Code for Oil-Burning Equipment The following sub-base fuel tanks meet Chicago code for containment and labelling:

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

The International System of Units (SI) is used in this publication.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Corporate Yellow” the “Power Edge” and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. 20 Spill Containment Box
5 Gallon Steel Spill
Containment Box
Durable spill containment box designed for
containment of small spills during filling of
an above ground storage tank.

Features Dimensions
• Optional overfill prevention valve
• Lockable hinged cover.
• Height: 13.08"
• Height with pipe: 13.40"
• Body Width: 12.38"
• Width: 13.68"
• Weight: 22 lbs.

Materials
and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. 21 Overfill Prevention Valve
Overfill Prevention Valve
for use with 5 and 7.5 Gallon Spill
Containment
The overfill prevention valve is installed at the fill
port of a fuel tank.

Used in a pressurized tight fill application, the valve helps prevent tank overfills by closing when the
liquid level reaches shut off capacity level.

The overfill prevention valve can eliminate
hazardous liquid spills.

Image shown may not reflect actual configuration
Features Code Compliance
• Installs in a 2" NPT or 4" NPT opening
• Accepts pressure delivery of product
• Provides tanks with large fuel storage capacity
at shutoff height
•
Provides positive shut off of fuel
•Retro-fits to an existing AST*
• Mechanical in operation – no user interface
required
•
Compatible with diesel fuel
•Minimum operating pressure of 5 PSI
* Aboveground Storage Tank
• UL listed, ULC listed
LEHE1009-01 (10/16)
www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
©2016 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.

Materials
and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Maximum operating pressure of 40 PSI•
22 Attachments
90% Fuel Alarm Panel
Single Channel Liquid Sensing Audio/
Visual Controller – assured protection
against overfill and leakage conditions
This alarm panel provides continuous, accurate
monitoring and alerts the fuel fill operator when
the tank reaches a 90% fill level by sounding
an audible alarm and triggering a warning light.

One normally open relay. Test push button and
Acknowledge push button switches are standard.

The panel is housed in a NEMA 4X weatherproof,
corrosion-resistant enclosure.

Features
Controller: capable of accepting up to 1 sensor
for high level and leak detection.

Audible Alarm: 95 dB pulsing horn with 30-
second timeout
Visual Alarm: Red light indicates liquid alarm for
L-series sensors
Test Button: When pressed will actually test
entire system electronics from control panel to
sensors
Power Light: Green light Indicates the power
is on
Horn Off Button: Silences the audible alarm
when pressed
LED Indicators: rated MTBF 11 years
Controller Inputs: accept either high level,
caution level or leak sensors

UL Listed
L1 Sensor: Primarily used to detect a liquid level
inside the tank. The sensor detects a single liquid
level and is typically used for overfill protection
at 90% tank capacity. The L1 sensor is installed
into the tank via the 2-inch bushing which is an
integral part of the sensor.

Sensors: Removable sensor input connectors

Specifications
Power Input: 85-125 VAC, 47-440 Hz 16 Watts
maximum
Power to Sensors: 2 VDC @ 13 mA (Intrinsically
safe for Class I & Group D hazardous locations)
Relay Output: SPST normally open dry
contacts 0.5 AMPS, 120 AC switches when an
alarm condition occurs
Enclosure: NEMA 4x – weatherproof, corrosion-
resistant
Low-voltage Outputs: 12 Volts DC
Operating Temperature: -40° to 140°F (-40°
to 60°C)
Sensors: L-1 High-level sensor (STD)
Response Time: Immediate
Weight: 6 lbs (2,7 kg)
Dimensions: (W) 9" (228,6 mm) x (H) 10.5"
(266,7 mm)

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

L-1 Liquid Level Optical Sensor
L-1 Specifications
UL Listed 5L04
Intrinsically safe Class I Group D Hazardous
Locations when connected in accordance with
Control drawing numbers L1, L2, L3, L4, L6, L9
Operating Temperature
-40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C)
Power
2 VDC @ 13 mA
Weight
2 pounds (,91 kg)
Principles of Operation
Liquids (ex: fuel, water) – Photo optic
Dry Condition – Normally closed light beam
Alarm Condition – Opens (refracts) normally
closed light beam
Sensor Cable
Shielded 22 AWG UL-E118830 CM
Maximum length 2000 feet (609,6 m)
Response Time
Immediate
24 GENERATORS
AVR12 – PERMANENT

MAGNET GENERATOR
The permanent magnet generator (PMG) option
upgrades the excitation system of the generator
from the standard self-excited system to a
separately-excited system. The PMG couples to
the non-drive end of the generator and provides
an independent source of excitation power that
ensures initial voltage build-up. The PMG improves
the voltage response of the generator during
transient load application, such as motor starting,
and provides a sustained short-circuit current for
the operation of protective devices. Isolation of
the excitation power ensures that regulation is
not affected by non-linear distorting loads.
www.cat-ElectricPower.com
Market: N. America
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. © 2005 Caterpillar
LEHE4015 (01-05)
Discretion is recommended when distributing.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Printed in U.S.A.
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
Circuit Breakers
C9, C13, C15, C18 Circuit Breakers
Manually Operated Circuit Breakers
LEHE21193-01 Page 1 of 12
Current
(A) Frame Number
of Poles
Interrupting Ratings (kA ms) Trip
Unit
(Lugs) Cable Size
Range / Phase Auxilliary Options
240V 480V 600V
100 H 3 65 35 18
Electronic LSI
8-3/0 AWG Form C (1 NO + 1 NC)
Shunt Trip 24 VDC250 J 3 65 35 18 (2) 3/0 – 250 kcmil
400 XT5 3 65 35 18
Electronic LS/I
(S or I) or LSI
(2) 2/0 – 500 kcmil
1 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm
60 VAC/VDC Shunt Trip 24 VDC600 XT6 3 65 35 20 (3) 2/0 – 400 kcmil 800 XT6 3 65 35 20 (3) 2/0 – 400 kcmil
1200 XT7 3 65 50 25 (4) 4/0 – 500 kcmil 1 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm Shunt Trip 24

VAC/VDC
1600 T8 3 65 35 18
Electronic
LSI

BUS BAR
Form C (1 NO + 1 NC)
Shunt Trip 24 VDC
2000 T8 3 65 35 18 BUS BAR
2500 T8 3 65 35 18 BUS BAR
3000 T8 3 65 35 18 BUS BAR
Moulded Case
Circuit Breakers:
100
A – 3000 A
200 kW – 750 kW Gensets
Features
• 100% UL Listing
• Electronic Trip Units
• Double insulation
• Clear indication of breaker status
• Can be used in normal operation in an
ambient of –25°and+70° C
• Auxiliary contacts available
• Insulating case constructed from fiberglass reinforced synthetic resin
• Anti-corrosion treatment on all metal parts
• Optional 2 or 3 Circuit Breakers
Conformity with International Standards
Circuit Breakers have been designed to comply with these major standards:
• UL 489
• CSA22.2
• IEC 60947-2
• NEMA AB1
33 Circuit Breakers
Electrically Operated Circuit Breakers
Current
(A) Frame Number
of Poles
Interrupting Ratings (kA ms) Trip
Unit
(Lugs) Cable Size
Range / Phase Auxilliary Options
240V 480V 600V
800 XT7M 3 65 50 25 Electronic LSI (4) 4/0 – 500 kcmil 2 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm 24 VDC 1200 XT7M 3 65 50 25 Electronic LSI (4) 4/0 – 500 kcmil 2 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm 24 VDC 2000 T 8M-S 3 125 125 100 Electronic LSI BUS BAR 2 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm 24 VDC 3000 T 8M-S 3 125 125 100 Electronic LSI BUS BAR 2 Form C + 1 Bell Alarm 24 VDC L-I Mode
• Long Time / Overload Protection, “L“ has an adjustable trip threshold and adjustable time delay. • Instantaneous Short Circuit Protection, “I“ has an adjustable short circuit trip threshold and once exceeded will cause the circuit breaker to trip instantaneously.

L-S Mode
• Long Time / Overload Protection, “L“ has an adjustable trip threshold and adjustable time delay. • Short Circuit Protection, “S“ has an adjustable short circuit trip threshold and adjustable time delay if necessary for coordinating with downstream loads.
• Instantaneous Short Circuit Protection, “I“ is still included, but the threshold level is not adjustable and exists at a predeter- mined level.

Electronic L-S-I Trip Units
• Long Time/Overload Protection, “L“ has an adjustable trip threshold and adjustable time delay. • Short Circuit Protection, “S“ has an adjustable short circuit trip threshold and adjustable time delay if necessary for coordinating with downstream loads.
• Instantaneous Short Circuit Protection, “I“ has an adjustable short circuit trip threshold and once exceeded will cause the circuit breaker to trip instantaneously.

LEHE21193-01 Page 2 of 12
34 Circuit Breakers
Single Breaker Options (250 – 3000A)
Model Current (A) Operation
C9 100 Manually Operated
C9 250 Manually Operated
C9 400 Manually Operated
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 600 Manually Operated
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 800 Manually Operated or Electrically Operated C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 1200 Manually Operated or Electrically Operated C13 , C15 , C18 1600 Manually Operated
C15 , C18 2000 Manually Operated or Electrically Operated C18 2500 Manually Operated
C18 3000 Manually Operated or Electrically Operated
Multiple Breaker Options
Model
Main Breaker Box Auxiliary Box
Breaker (Amps)
Manually Operated
1st Breaker (Amps)
Manually Operated
2nd Breaker (Amps)
Manually Operated
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 100
100, 250, 400, 600, 800, or
1200
3rd Breaker:
100, 250 or 400
(Not availabe if 1st &
2nd Breaker = 1200A)
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 250
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 400
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 600
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 800
C9 , C13 , C15 , C18 1200
C13 , C15 , C18 1600
Not Available 2nd Breaker:
100, 250 or 400
C15 , C18 2000
C18 2500
C18 3000
LEHE21193-01 Page 3 of 12
35 Circuit Breakers
Figure 9
XT7 – XT7 M Ekip Dip LSI
L-S-I Functions
XT7 – XT7 M Ekip Dip LS/I
L-I Functions
XT7 – XT7 M Ekip Dip LS/I
L-S Functions
Figure 10
LEHE21193-01 Page 11 of 12
36 PPrroodduucctt UUppddaattee

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow,” the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

LEXE0855-00 (09/14) www.Cat-ElectricPower.com

Printed in U.S.A.

Suitable for Use as Service Equipment

Overview
Retail Product Labeled Suitable for Use as Service Equipment (SUSE)

Features
 D40-D200, C9, C15, C18 models available with SUSE marking  SUSE marking required by certain Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs)  Disconnecting device – UL Listed circuit breaker
 Neutral bar capable of being bonded to ground – Bonding jumper pre-installed  Enclosure – Dedicated to disconnecting device and neutral bar and adequately sized to allow proper connection of customer’s load cables

Certain Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs) have begun requiring engine generator assemblies, particularly those installed outdoors, to be labeled as “Suitable for Use as Service Equipment” (SUSE). Service equipment provides a safe and quick method for removing an electrical source from a building or dwelling.

Product eligible to bear a SUSE label must be properly
constructed and evaluated. The Standard governing service entrance equipment is UL 869A. Required are a disconnecting means and a provision for bonding the neutral bar to ground, both of which must be within a dedicated enclosure properly sized for the intended field wiring.

Cat
® products employ a circuit breaker as the disconnecting means. A cable is provided and installed to bond the neutral bar to ground.

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) has evaluated enclosure
construction and found certain Cat products eligible to be labeled as “Suitable for Use as Service Equipment”, thus meeting AHJ requirements and expectations.

37 • Hours counter provides accurate information for monitoring and maintenance periods • User-friendly set-up and button layout for ease of use • Multiple parameters are monitored & displayed simultaneously for full visibility • The module can be configured to suit a wide range of applications for user flexibility • PLC editor allows user configurable functions to meet user specific appl ication requirements . • RS485 Communication port can be used for the Remote Monitoring Communication (
Compatible with Cat PLG)
• 4-line back-lit LCD text display
• Multiple display languages
• Five-k ey menu navigation
• LCD alarm indication
• Customisable power-up t
ext and images
• Data logging f acility
• Internal PLC editor
• Protections disable f eature
• Fully configurable via PC us ing USB & RS485 communication • Front panel configuration w ith PIN protection
• Power save mode
• 3
-phase generator sensing and protection
• Generator current and power monitoring (k W, kvar, kVA, pf) • kW and kvar overload and r everse power alarms
• Over current pr otection
• Unbalanced load pr otection
• Breaker control via fascia but tons
• Fuel and start outputs c onfigurable when using CAN
• Support for 0 V to 10 V & 4 mA to 20 mA sensors
• 8 configurable digital i nputs (3 available for Customer use) • 8 configurable digital outputs (5 available for Customer use) • 4 configurable analogue out puts (3 available for Customer Use) • CAN, MPU and alternator frequency speed sensing in one variant • Real time clock
• Engine pre-heat and post-heat functions
• Engine run-t ime scheduler
• Engine idle control for starting & s topping
• Fuel usage monitor and low f uel level alarms
• 3 configurable maintenance al arms

Cat
®
GC Control Panel
Ima g e sh own might no t re flect actua l config uration GCCP 1.2 - Control Panel
GCCP 1.2 is an auto Start Control Module suitable for a wide variety of diesel gen- set applications . Monitoring an extensive number of engine parameters, the modules will display warnings, shutdown and engine status information on the back- lit LCD screen, illuminated LEDs and remote PC.

FEATURES

BENEFITS

LEHE2017-01 (11-19)
www.Cat.com/electricpower
©2 0 1 9 Caterp illar All righ ts re served . Materia ls and sp ecifica tio ns are sub je ct to ch ang e with out no tice . Th e In terna tiona l Syste m of Units (SI) is use d in th is pu blica tio n. CAT , CATERP ILLAR, th eir re spective logo s, “Caterp illar Yello w”, th e “P o wer Ed ge” an d Ca t “Mo dern He x” tra de dre ss a s we ll as co rpora te an d prod uct id entity used h erein, are tra dema rks o f Cate rpilla r a nd may no t b e used witho ut permission. 38 MODULES
LEHE2017-03 (08-23)
www.Cat.com/electricpower
©2023 Caterpillar All rights reserved. Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice. The International System of Units (SI) is used in this publication. CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Corporate Yellow”, the “Power Edge” and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

GCCP 1.2 Control Panel
The Remote annunciator with an integral sounder is an
output LED expansion module is designed to display a
maximum of eight individual LED indications up to a
maximum distance of 1km (0.6 miles).The Annunciator
will consist of two modules to provide a 16 Channel
Fault annunciation. The Panels are fitted with
removable label cards which can be used to identify
the standard NFPA alarms.
16 light local annunciator
Key Features:
• Panel mount.
• Vertical design.
• In-built alarm.
• Alarm mute button.
• Max of 80 configurable LED’s.

Input Expansion Module
The Input Expansion module is used in conjunction with supported GCCP controllers to provide additional, flexible, input functionality. The module’s ID switch is configurable from the module and the 10 inputs can be configured from within the ‘host controller’. The inputs can be configured in a number of ways to connect to digital switches, resistive sensors, 0-10 V DC signals or 4-20 mA signals.

Key Features:
• DIN rail & chassis mount.
• Power on/link lost LED.
• 1.2km (0.75 Mile) working range.
• Connect maximum of 4 x Input Modules to a single host controller. • Max of 40 configurable inputs.

Output Expansion Module
The output relay expansion module for use with compatible GCCP control modules has been designed to extend a host module’s output capabilities.

A maximum of 10 relays can be connected to an individual module at any one time.

All outputs are configurable via the host controller.

Key Features:
• Power On/Link Lost LED ID SWITCH
• 10 expansion modules can be connected to 1 host controller at a time • 8 configurable relay contacts with LED indicators:
o 4 Normally Open (N/O)
o 4 Change Over (C/O)
• Terminal strip connection for quick and easy set-up
39 Cat
®
GC Control Panel Options
Input Expansion Module
The Ratiometric Input Expansion module is used in conjunction with supported controllers to provide additional, flexible, input functionality.

The module’s ID switch is configurable from the module and the 10 inputs can be configured from within the ‘host controller’.

The ratiometric inputs can be configured in a number of ways to connect to digital switches, resistive sensors, 0-10 V DC signals or 4- 20 mA signals.

LED indication is provided for ‘Power On’ and ‘Link Lost’ • Power On/Link Lost LED
• 10 inputs configurable for digital/resistive 4-20 mA and 0-10 V DC • A maximum of 4 modules can be connected to 1 host control modul e t
o provide up to 40 additional configurable inputs
• Works up t o 1.2 km (0.75 miles) from the host controller • Terminal strip connection for quick and easy set-up
LEHE2019-00 (08-19)
www.Cat.com/electricpower
©2 0 1 9 Caterp illar All righ ts re served . Materia ls and sp ecifica tio ns are sub je ct to ch ang e with out no tice . Th e In terna tiona l Syste m of Units (SI) is use d in th is pu blica tio n. CAT , CATERP ILLAR, th eir re spective logo s, “Caterp illar Yell ow” , th e “P o wer Ed ge” an d Ca t “Mo dern He x” tra de dre ss a s we ll as co rpora te an d prod uct id entity used h erein, are tra dema rks o f Cate rpilla r a nd may no t b e used witho ut permission.

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
BS EN 61000-6-2
EMC Generic Immunity Standard for the Industrial Environment BS EN 61000-6-4
EM
C Generic Emi ssion Standard for the Industrial Environment

ELECTRICAL SAFETY
BS EN 60950
Safety of Information Technology Equipment, including Electrical Bus
iness Equipment

TEMPERATURE
BS EN 60068-2-1
Ab/Ae Cold Test -30 °C B
S EN 60068-2-2
Bb/Be Dry Heat+70°C

VIBRATION
BS EN 60068-2-6
Ten sweeps in each of three major axes
5 Hz to 8 Hz @ +/-7.5 mm, 8 Hz to 500 Hz @ 2 gn
SHOCK
BS EN 60068-2-27
Three shocks in each of three major axes 15 gn in 11 Ms

HUMIDITY
BS EN 60068-2-30
Db Damp Heat Cyclic 20/55 °C @ 95 % RH 48 Hours
BS EN 60068-2-78
Cab Damp Heat Static 40 °C @ 93% RH 48 Hours

DEGREES OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCLOSURES BS EN
60529
IP21

CONTINUOUS VOLTAGE RATING
8 V to 35 V Continuous

CRANKING DROPOUTS
Able to survive 0 V for 50 mS, providing supply was at least 10 V before dropout and supply recovers to 5 V. This is achieved without the need for internal batteries. LEDs light will not be maintained during cranking.

MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT
292 mA at 12 V, 167 mA at 24 V mA at 24 V

MAXIMUM STANDBY CURRENT
101 mA at 12 V, 167 mA at 24 V
INPUTS
10 inputs configurable for digital/resistive (3k ohms) 4-20 mA and 0-10 V DC

DIMENSIONS OVERALL
165 mm x 76 mm x 49 mm

STROAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE
40 Output Expansion Module

ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING STANDARD

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
BS EN 61000-6-2
EMC Generic Immunity Standard for the Industrial Environment BS EN 61000-6-4
EMC Generic Emission Standard for the Industrial Environment

ELECTRICAL SAFETY
BS EN 60950
Safety of Information Technology Equipment, including
Electrical Business Equipment

TEMPERATURE
BS EN 60068-2-1
Ab/Ae Cold Test -30 °C BS EN 60068-2-2
Bb/Be Dry Heat +70°C

VIBRATION
BS EN 60068-2-6
Ten sweeps in each of three major axes
5 Hz to 8 Hz @ +/-7.5 mm, 8 Hz to 500 Hz @ 2 gn
SHOCK
BS EN 60068-2-27
Three shocks in each of three major axes 15 gn in 11 Ms

HUMIDITY
BS EN 60068-2-30
Db Damp Heat Cyclic 20/55 °C @ 95% RH 48 Hours BS
EN 60068-2-78
Cab Damp Heat Static 40 °C @ 93% RH 48 Hours

SPECIFICATION

CONTINUOUS VOLTAGE RATING
8 V to 35 V Continuous

MAXIMUM OPERATING CURRENT
325 mA at 12 V, 152 mA at 24 V

MAXIMUM STANDBY CURRENT
70 mA at 12 V, 32 mA at 24 V

AUXILIARY RELAY CONTACTS
2 Amp DC rated voltage free

DIMENSIONS OVERALL
165 mm x 76 mm x 49 mm

6.5” x 3” x 1.9”
Output Expansion Module
Output relay expansion module for use with compatible control modules.

The Output Expansion module has been designed to extend a host module’s output capabilities.

A maximum of 10 Output Expansion modules can be connected to an individual module at any one time. All outputs are configurable via the host controller.

The module will work up to 1 KM (0.6miles) from the host control module.

Features
• Power On/Link Lost LED ID SWITCH
• 10 expansion modules can be connected to 1 host controller at a time
• 8 configurable relay contacts with LED indicators
• 4 Normally Open (N/O)
• 4 Change Over (C/O)
• Terminal strip connection for quick and easy set-up
Picture shown may not reflect actual configuration.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

The International System of Units (SI) is used in this publication. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Corporate Yellow”, the “Power Edge” and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. 41 Automatic Voltage Regulator
D350AVR
The D350, Digital Voltage Regulator is used to regulate alternators with a field current of less than 5 A in continuous operations, and 10 A maximum in the event of short-circuit for 10 seconds maximum.

Its design is in accordance with mounting in a generator terminal box or a control cabinet. It is required, at a minimum, to follow the local protection and safety standards, especially those specific to electrical installations for voltages of 300 VAC phase-to-neutral maximum.

LEHE1923-00 Page 1 of 4
NFLink™ configuration module
The D350 is equipped with NFC technology for communication and configuration purposes. The configuration module is placed over the two dedicated positioning holes on the plastic enclosure as shown below. Once the configuration is done, the NF Link must be removed as it is not supposed to be left on the D350 when it is in continuous operation. 42 Automatic Voltage Regulator
Technical Characteristics
D350 regulator can be used to perform the following functions:

Voltage regulation
• With or without reactive droop compensation (Reactive droop to allow parallel operation) • With or without line droop compensation
Regulation of the field current, or manual mode, which allows direct control of the field current.

The D350 can also be used to:
• Adjust the reference for the regulation mode in progress, using an analogue input (0 – 10V and potentiometer) • Monitoring of temperature sensor (Pt100 or CTP)
• Limit the minimum field current delivered to the exciter field • Monitoring of the maximum stator current limit
• Loss of voltage sensing
• Withstand a sudden short-circuit for 10 seconds maximum in AREP , PMG • Signals monitoring (events logger)
• 2 digital outputs for various trip, regulation mode and measurement data Alternator voltage sensing:
• 3 phases without neutral, 2 phases or 1 phase with neutral • Three-phase range 0 – 530 VAC
• Consumption < 2 VA
Stator current measurement with CT:
• Range 0 –1A or 0 – 5A
• Consumption < 2 VA
Power supply:
• 4 terminals for PMG, AREP , SHUNT
• Range 50 – 277 VAC
• Consumption max < 3000 VA
Field excitation:
• Rated 0 – 5A
• Short-circuit 10A max
LEHE1923-00 Page 2 of 4
43 Automatic Voltage Regulator
Frequency:
• Range 10-100 Hz
• Regulation accuracy: +/-0.25% of the average of the three phases on a linear load, with harmonic distortion less than 5% • Voltage adjustment range: 0 to 150% of the rated voltage • Quadrature droop adjustment range: -20% to 20%
• Under frequency protection: integrated, adjustable threshold, slope adjustable from 0.5 to 3V/Hz in steps of 0.1 V/Hz • Excitation ceiling: adjustable by configuration at 3 points • Environment: ambient temperature from -40°C to +65°C, relative humidity of less than 95% non-condensing, mounted in a cabinet or in a terminal box
Easy Reg Advanced:
• All the D350 settings are entered/configured using the “EasyReg Advanced” software • This program is only compatible with computers running WINDOWS® versions Windows 7 and Windows 10 operating systems
Dimensions:
• Height: 52.9 mm
• Width: 125 mm
• Length: 140 mm
Mounting:
• Holes spacing on the Length: 115 mm
• Holes spacing on the width: 100 mm
Weight:
• 0.45 kg
Conformity to standards:
• EMC: IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4
• Humidity: IEC 60068-1 and test in accordance with IEC 60068-2-14 • Dry heat: IEC 60068-2-2
• Damp heat: IEC 60028-2-30
• Cold: IEC 600068-2-1
LEHE1923-00 Page 3 of 4
44 Automatic Voltage Regulator
LEHE1923-00 (03/23)
www.cat.com/electricpower
©2023 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

D350 AVR and NFLink™ Dimensions
45 Pump Style Jacket Water Heater
LEHE1089-00 (5-16)
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
©2016 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.

Pump S tyle Jacket Water Heater
Image shown may not reflect actual package.

Single Phase 2500 Watts Pump style jacket water heater is a complete coolant preheater.

It features an integrated pump that combines the benefits of forced circulation with a compact design that can mount to a variety of small engine applications. Forced circulation of the coolant delivers uniform heating throughout the entire engine, extends element life and offers a significant reduction in electrical consumption.

UL Listed , ULc Listed
240V
Installation provided with shut-off valves
46 208V
2028 Watts
Controls

GROUND FAULT RELAY
(GFR)

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
GFR is a microprocessor-based ground-fault relay for resistance- and solidly-grounded systems.

In addition to common systems, it is uniquely suited for use on systems with significant harmonic content.

GFR can provide main-plant protection, feeder-level protection, or individual-load protection.

Proper current transformer selection provides the desired pickup range. The output contacts can be connected for use in protective tripping circuits or in alarm indication circuits. The analog output can be used with a PLC or a meter.

FEATURES & BENEFITS
Benefits
• Trip setting based on input CT primary, allows
use with any CT. Minimum 50 mA with EFCT
Series.
• Adjustable trip delay allows quick protection and
s
ystem coordination
• Form A and Form B ground-f ault output contacts
for operation of separate annunciation and trip
circuits
• Alarms when CT is not connected
• Compatible with variable-s peed drives
• Eliminates nuisance tripping
• Retains trip state while de-ener gized to simplify
troubleshooting
• No calibration required, saves on maintenance
co
st
Features
• Adjustable pickup (1-99%)
• Adjustable time delay ( 50 ms - 2.5 s)
• Output contacts
• Analog output ( 0 - 5 V)
• CT-Loop moni toring
• Selectable DFT or peak det ection filtering
• Harmonic f iltering
• Non-v olatile trip memory
• Microprocessor based
• Universal power supply
Picture shown may not reflect actual configuration
• Allows operation in application where one side
of PT is faulted, provides flexibility for numerous
applications
LEHE1236-00
47 Controls

FRONT-PANEL CONTROLS
Ground-fault trip level
The % CT PRIMARY selector switches are
used to set the ground-fault trip level as a
percentage of the CT-primary rating.

In tripping systems, a ground-fault trip level of
10 to 20% of the prospective ground-fault
current is often used. In alarm-only systems,
a value of 50% of the prospective ground-
fault current is often used. To avoid
sympathetic tripping, the trip level must be
above the charging current of the protected
feeder.

A 0% selection provides protection at 1%.

Ground-fault trip time
GFR has a definite-time trip characteristic.

The TIME (s) selector switch is used to set
the ground-fault trip delay time for
coordination with upstream and downstream
ground-fault devices. Coordination requires
the same trip level for all ground-fault devices
in a system and the trip time to progressively
increase upstream. The amount of equipment
removed from the system will be a minimum if
the first ground-fault device to operate is the
one immediately upstream from the fault.

Reset
If the Reset Mode switch is in the LATCHING
position, a trip remains latched until the
RESET button is pressed or the remote-reset
terminals are momentarily connected. In the
non-fail-safe mode, cycling the supply voltage
will also reset the GFR.

If the Reset Mode switch is in the
AUTORESET position, a trip will reset when
the fault is removed. The reset circuit
responds only to a momentary closure so that
a jammed or shorted button will not prevent a
trip. The front-panel RESET button is
inoperative when the remote-reset terminals
(6 and 7) are connected
Test
The TEST button is used to test the ground-
faul
t circuit, the indication, and the output
relay. When the TEST button is pressed for
one second, a test signal is applied to the
ground-fault-detection circuit, the circuit will
trip, the TRIP LED will light, and the output
relay will operate. If high-current inhibit has
been selected, the INHB LED will light.

Front-panel indication
• Power
The green LED labelled PWR indicates the
pres
ence of supply voltage.
• Trip
The red LED labelled TRIP indicates a trip. A
so
lid red LED indicates a ground-fault trip. A
flashing LED indicates a trip initiated by a CT
fault. Two fast flashes indicate a diagnostic
trip.

Self diagnostics
A diagnostic trip is indicated by two fast
fl
ashes of the TRIP LED. It can be caused by
a diagnostic problem detected by the
watchdog timer or from an incorrect reading
from non-volatile memory. Press RESET or
cycle supply voltage.
• Trip inhibit
The yellow LED labelled INHB indicates that
outp
ut relay operation was inhibited during a
high-current ground fault. When a ground-
fault trip occurs during a high-current ground
fault, both the TRIP and INHB LED’s will be
ON. Inhibit indication is reset when the
ground-fault trip is reset. Inhibit operation and
indication will not respond if the trip-inhibit
switch is in the OFF position.

SPECIFICATIONS
• IEEE Device Numbers - Ground fault
(50G/N, 51G/N)
• Dimensions
o H 75 mm (3.0")
o W 55 mm (2.2")
o D 115 mm (4.5")
• Trip Level Settings - 1-99% CT-Primary
Rating
• Trip Time Settings - 0.05-2.5 s
• Contact Operating Mode - Selectable
fail-safe or non-fail-safe
• Output Contacts Isolated Form A and
Form B
• Approvals CSA certified, UL Listed
(E340889), CE (European Union), C-
Tick (Australian)
• Analog Output 0-5 V
LEHE1236-00
48 Controls
91 01 11 2 1 3 1 4 1 5
L2N L1
16 1 2345 8 7 6
S1 S2 RS
EFCT ANALOGOUTPUTRESET1A/5A CT
1A 5A C
4 3
2 1
4 3
2 1
6 7
8 9
6 7
8 9
5 0
.50
.05
.40
.30
.20
.10

1.0 1.5

2.0 2.5
5 0
% CT PRIMARY TIME (s)

GROUND-FAULT MONITOR

TEST RESET

PWR INHB TRIP

55.0 (2.17)

37.5 (1.48)

8.7 (0.34)

CONFIGURATION

SWITCHES

RESET MODE

FILTER SELECTION

CT VERIFICATION

TRIP INHIBIT

RELAY OPERATING MODE

LATCHING
FIXED

FREQUENCY
OFF
OFF

FAIL-SAFE

AUTORESET

VARIABLE

FREQUENCY
ON
ON

NON-FAIL-SAFE
5 4
3 2
1 NOTE 5
NOTE 2

61.2 (2.41)

75.0 (2.95)

6.9 (0.27)
TOP

55.0 (2.17)

75.0 (2.95)
FRONT
BOTTOM
(4.65)
110.0
(4.33) 6.3
(0.25)
NOTES:

SIDE

1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES (INCHES).

2. MOUNTING SCREWS: M4 OR 8-32.

3. OVERALL DIMENSION WHEN MOUNTED ON
DINEN50022 35 mm x 7.5 mm TOP-HAT RAIL.

4. ADJUSTMENT KNOBS ARE REMOVABLE.

5. CONFIGURATION SWITCHES SHOWN IN
DEFAULT POSITION.

OFF ON

FAIL-SAFE

LATCHING

NON-FAIL-SAFE

AUTORESET
3 4
5 2
1 CONFIGURATION

SWITCHES

RESET MODE

CT VERIFICATION

RELAY OPERATING MODE
FIXED

FREQUENCY

VARIABLE

FREQUENCY

FILTER SELECTION
OFF ON

TRIP INHIBIT

OUTLINE AND MOUNTING DETAILS

MOUNTING DETAIL
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

LEHE1236-00 (02/17)
118.0 (NOTE 3)
49 LEHE0141-05 Page 1 of 2
Battery Charger
Features
● Electronically current limited at 105% of rated
output
● Alarm system
● Digital display
● Lightning and voltage transient protection
● Protection of connected equipment against
load dump protection
● Constant voltage, current limited, 4-rate
automatic equalization
● IP 20 housing
● Temperature compensation
● On board temperature sensor with remote port
● Auto AC line compensation
● Output regulated by sensed battery voltage
Standards
● C-UL listed to UL 1236
● NFPA 70, NFPA 110
● CSA 22.2 No 107 certified
● CE DOC to EN 60335
● IBC Seismic Certification
UL 10 Amp
Battery Charger
This battery charger offers accurate, automatic
charging of lead-acid and nickel cadmium
batteries. The output voltage automatically
adjusts to changing input, load, battery and
ambient conditions. This prevents battery
over-charging and consequent loss of battery
electrolyte.

Standard features include AC line compensation,
precision voltage regulation, current limiting,
automatic 2-rate charging, voltmeter and
ammeter, temperature compensation and UL
Listing.

The user interface is easy to understand with
digital metering, NFPA 110 alarms and a battery
fault alarm.

Image Shown may not Reflect Actual Package.
50 Battery Charger

Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. Discretion is recommended when distributing.

Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Specifications
Input supply 110 – 120 V
208 – 240 V
AC and DC fuses 2 input and 2 output)
Output voltage 24V
Output amps 10
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Operating temperature -20°C ( -4°F) to +60°C (140°F)
Housing constructed of rustproof anodized Aluminum
Dimensions
Width Depth Height Weight
195 mm (7.66 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 318 mm (12.5 in) 10.4 kg (23 lb) NFPA 110 alarm package as follows:
● AC on Green led (indication)
● AC fail Red led and form C contact (2A)
● Float mode LED
● Fast charge LED
● Temp comp active LED
● Low battery volts Red led and Form C conta
● High Battery Volts Red led and Form C conta
● Charger fail Red led and Form C conta
● Battery fault Red led and Form C conta
● Battery disconnected
● Battery polarity reversed
● Mismatched charger battery voltage
● Open or high resistance charger to battery connection ● Open battery cell or excessive internal resistance
Feature Codes:

BTC1024 BTC1028 BTC1035 BTC1025 BTC1032
LEHE0141-05 (02 /19)
51 GFCI Receptacles
Features and Benefits
• Automatically tests the GFCI every time the
reset button is pushed in. The GFCI will not
reset if the GFCI circuit is not functioning
properly.
•
By blocking reset of the GFCI if protection
has been compromised, SmartLockPRO
reduces the possibility of end-users incorrectly
assuming that a reset GFCI outlet is providing
ground fault protection when it actually is not.
•
A line-load reversal diagnostic feature is
provided which prevents the GFCI from being
reset and stops power from being fed to the
GFCI receptacle face or through to downstream
devices. A green LED indicator on the GFCI’s
face also illuminates to alert the installer to the
line-load wiring reversal.

Weather-Resistant GFCIs
•
Meet UL 498 requirements for weather-
resistant receptacles.

Tamper-Resistant GFCIs
•
Shutter mechanism inside the receptacle
blocks access to the contacts unless a two-
prong plug is inserted, helping ensure foreign
objects will be locked out.

Product Features
•
Grounding: GFCI ground fault
• Feature: Weather and tamper-resistant
• Amperage: 20 Amp
• Voltage: 125 Volt
• NEMA: 5-20R
• Trip Level: Class A, 5mA plus or minus 1mA
• Pole: 2
• Wire: 3
• Color: White
Standards and Certifications
•
NEMA: WD-6
• ANSI: C-73
• UL498: File E13399
• CSA C22.2 No. 42: File LR-57811
• NOM: 057
• UL 943: File E48380
Image shown may not reflect actual configuration.
20A Tamper-Resistant,
Weather-Resistant GFCI
Receptacles
Receptacles contained in a
weather resistant box
and in-use cover.

Materials
and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. 52 125 Amp Load Center
LEHE1090-00 (5-16)
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, the “Power Edge” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
©2016 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.

Image shown may not reflect actual package.

SPECIFICATIONS
Line Rated Current 125 A
Number of spaces 8
Number of circuits 16
Number of tandem circuit breakers 8
System Voltage 120/240 V AC
NEMA degree of protection NEMA 3R outdoor
Electrical connection Lugs
Wiring configuration 3-wire
Material Tin plated aluminium busbar
Enclosure material Galvannealed steel
Cover finish Gray baked enamel
Product certifications UL Listed
125 A mp Load Center
53 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

1 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

CAT® CONNECT TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT LINK

GENERATION SERIES

SPECIFICATION SHEET

CAT ® PRODUCT LINK ™
PLG601, PLG641, PLG641V2 NA AND PLG641V2 EU

The Cat® Product Link Generation hardware allows you to collect, display and monitor your information in the digital application of Remote Asset Monitoring (RAM) needed to
maximize the performance of your assets, proactively identify issues that may affect your operations, and quickly respond to any events that may occur.

Typical View of PL641V2

+ Data available includes:
+ Operational Status of the Asset
+ Faults and Alarms
+ Electrical Parameters
+ Engine Parameters
+ Fuel Consumption
+ Location
+ Fuel Level (limited to EP units)
+ Standby “Ready to Run” Status (limited to EP units)

+ Utilize the digital application of Remote Asset Monitoring (RAM) to:
+ Quickly monitor multiple assets in multiple locations + Obtain detailed information on an individual asset
+ Create alerts to provide information anytime, anywhere + Create custom user preferences to move efficiently from page to page

54 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

2 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

Detail View of PLG641 and PLG641V2

55 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

3 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

Detail View of PLG601

56 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

4 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

Technical Specifications

Description PLG641, PLG641V2 NA, PLG641V2 EU PLG601
Ethernet 10/100/Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Network Frequencies
PLG641 PLG641V2 NA PLG641V2 EU
–
Five Band
3G/UMTS(WCDMA/FDD):
850/800, 900, 1900, 2100 MHz
Quad-Band GSM/GPRS: 850,
900, 1800, 1900 MHz
Quad Band 4G LTE
(FDD): 1900, 1700,
850, 700 MHz
3G/GSM/GPRS:
1900, 1700, 850 MHz
Five Band 4G LTE
(FDD): 2100, 1800,
2600, 900, 800 MHz
3G/GSM/GPRS: 2100,
1800, 900 MHz
Antenna Connector Mobile SMA female –
GPS Built-in –
Antenna Connector GPS SMA female (active or passive antenna) – USB Interface Micro USB, USB 2.0 Micro USB, USB 2.0
Relay Output (max 24, AC/DC,
1A) 1 1
Digital Inputs (dry contact) 2 (DI 1—LPM, DI2—configurable) * 2 (DI 1—LPM, DI2— configurable) *
Analog Inputs
(PT100, 0-10 VDC or 10-20 mA) 4 (all supporting 0-10 VDC or 0-20 mA and AI1/AI3 supporting PT 100) 4 (all supporting 0-10 VDC
or 0-20 mA and AI1/AI3
supporting PT 100)
Serial Port #1 RS232 (1.2 kbit/s to 115.2 bit/s) RS232 (1.2 kbit/s to 115.2 bit/s)
Serial Port #2 RS485 (1.2 kbit/s to 115.2 bit/s) RS485 (1.2 kbit/s to 115.2 bit/s)
CAN J1939 Port 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block Protocols Modbus-RTU, Modbus TCP, CAN J1939 Modbus-RTU, Modbus TCP, CAN J1939
Wall mounting/DIN Rail** Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
Mechanical Dimensions (H x W
x D) 25.6 x 135 x 92 mm 25.6 x 135 x 92 mm
57 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

5 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. *Digital input 1 +/- is a dedicated input used for triggering low power mode (LPM) on the device. **with DIN rail mounting kit.

Operating Temperature -40 to +65°C -40 to +65°C
Storage Temperature -45 to +85°C -45 to +85°C
Humidity Range 5-95%, RH, non-condensing 5-95%, RH, non- condensing
Power Supply 9-32 VDC, 6W, LPS 9-32 VDC, 6W, LPS
Power Consumption (max at
24 VDC) 4.5W 2.5W
Certifications CE, RoHS, Telec, JATE, UL, FCC, IC, PTCRB, RCM CE, RoHS, UL Housing Metal, IP20 Metal, IP20

PLG RETROFIT KITS / PARTS
Kit / Part name Description Part Number(S) Contents
PLG601 Installation Kit
Product Link Generation
Series hardware
Ethernet Connection
488-0991
513-5967¹
• PLG 6 hardware
• PLG mounting hardware
• Wiring Harness
PLG641 Installation Kit
Product Link Generation
Series hardware
Cellular Connection
Ethernet Connection
488-0992
513-5968
• PLG hardware
• w/ stub antenna
• w/ SIM card
• PLG mounting hardware
• Wiring harness
• GPS antenna (1 M)
58 www.cat.com/electricpower
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

6 © 2020 Caterpillar. All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, LET’S DO THE WORK, their respective logos, "Caterpillar Corporate Yellow", the "Power Edge" and Cat “Modern Hex” trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. ¹Required for Australia, Canada, Philippines, and New Zealand PLG641 External Antenna
(Optional)
Antenna provides GPS and
cellular connection 499-0689
• Antenna w/ 1 M harness
• Mounting plate &
hardware
NOTE: Extension cables sold
separately
PLG641V2 EU
Product Link Generation
Series hardware
4G Cellular Connection
Ethernet Connection
569-3109 • 4G PLG hardware

PLG641V2 NA
Product Link Generation
Series hardware
4G Cellular Connection
Ethernet Connection
569-3106 • 4G PLG hardware

Field Installation Group Mounting hardware and
harness for field installation 589-9127
• Installation hardware
• Relays
• Harness
PLG641/PLG641V2 Antenna
Extension Cable (Optional)
Extension cable for use with
PLG641 external antenna
516-5946 (1.5m)
491-9577 (3m)
491-9578 (5m)
• Single extension cable
NOTE: Two extensions
needed per antenna—1 for
GPS & 1 for cellular / satellite
connections
PLG641V2 Dual Mode
External Antenna (Optional)
Antenna provides GPS and
cellular or satellite connection 588-9248 • Hard Mount Antenna Option
PLG641V2 Dual Mode
External Antenna (Optional)
Antenna provides GPS and
cellular or satellite connection 589-91358 • Adhesive Mount Antenna Option
4G SIM Card 4G AT&T SIM Card 517-0590 • 4G SIM Card
59 Systems Data
Reference Number: DM8518
March 15, 2021
For Help Desk Phone
Numbers Click Here

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

THE INSTALLED SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM LIMITS BELOW FOR ALL EMISSIONS CERTIFIED ENGINES TO ASSURE REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INTAKE RESTRICTION WITH CLEAN ELEMENT 15 IN-H20 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INTAKE RESTRICTION WITH DIRTY ELEMENT 25 IN-H20

COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE ONLY COOLANT CAPACITY 5.5 GAL
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE JACKET WATER OUTLET TEMPERATURE 219 DEG F

REGULATOR LOCATION FOR JW (HT) CIRCUIT OUTLET
MAXIMUM UNINTERRUPTED FILL RATE 5.0 G/MIN

MINIMUM COOLANT LOSS WITHOUT IMPACTING RADIATOR
PERFORMANCE (PERCENT OF TOTAL) 12 PERCENT

COOLANT LOSS-MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE OF PUMP PRESSURE RISE
LOSS 10 PERCENT
AIR VENT CAPABILITY AT 35% PUMP PRESSURE RISE LOSS 1.50 PT/MIN AMBIENT COOLING CAPABILITY AT RATED SPEED 122 DEG F

ENGINE SPEC SYSTEM

CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT INLINE
NUMBER OF CYLINDERS 6
CYLINDER BORE DIAMETER 5.7 IN
PISTON STROKE 7.2 IN
TOTAL CYLINDER DISPLACEMENT 1106 CU IN

STANDARD CRANKSHAFT ROTATION FROM FLYWHEEL END CCW
STANDARD CYLINDER FIRING ORDER 1-5-3-6-2-4
NUMBER 1 CYLINDER LOCATION FRONT
STROKES/COMBUSTION CYCLE 4

EXHAUST SYSTEM

THE INSTALLED SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM LIMITS BELOW FOR ALL EMISSIONS CERTIFIED ENGINES TO ASSURE REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SYSTEM BACK PRESSURE 40 IN-H20

MANIFOLD TYPE DRY

FUEL SYSTEM
MAXIMUM FUEL FLOW FROM TRANSFER PUMP TO ENGINE 97.5 G/HR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTION 8.9 IN-HG MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL TEMPERATURE AT TRANSFER PUMP INLET 174 DEG F MAXIMUM FUEL FLOW TO RETURN LINE FROM ENGINE 71.1 G/HR
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL RETURN LINE RESTRICTION 8.0 IN-HG NORMAL FUEL PRESSURE IN A CLEAN SYSTEM 90.1 PSI

FUEL SYSTEM TYPE MEUI
MAXIMUM TRANSFER PUMP PRIMING LIFT WITHOUT PRIMING PUMP 12.1 FT 60 LUBE SYSTEM

LUBE SYSTEM OIL COOLER TYPE SHELL &
TUBE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION TYPE TO ATM

MOUNTING SYSTEM

CENTER OF GRAVITY LOCATION - X DIMENSION - FROM REAR FACE OF BLOCK - (REFERENCE TM7077) 24.0 IN

CENTER OF GRAVITY LOCATION - Y DIMENSION - FROM CENTERLINE OF CRANKSHAFT - (REFERENCE TM7077) 9.3 IN

CENTER OF GRAVITY LOCATION - Z DIMENSION - FROM CENTERLINE OF CRANKSHAFT - (REFERENCE TM7077) 0 IN
DRY WEIGHT - ENGINE ONLY (REFERENCE VALUE) 3600 LB
LENGTH - ENGINE ONLY (REFERENCE VALUE) 100 IN
WIDTH - ENGINE ONLY (REFERENCE VALUE) 60 IN

STARTING SYSTEM
MINIMUM CRANKING SPEED REQUIRED FOR START 115 RPM
LOWEST AMBIENT START TEMPERATURE WITHOUT AIDS 32 DEG F
61

! !"#
$%!

(&)

'%
!* &("+) + &$,
'
!* &*-!.
( /*) .
!* &(+)
'
!* &*%$+.
( /*)
%&$%!

!&

%!
&$%! .$ &!! &$0

&$%
' 1

.$ &!! &%&#%$$0

#2#
$%$0 %
$
%.!%&$ (.)
.# $0

3/ $*$ &$ (.)

%.!$0 $#&"!!
.%'#&$%!

'!1 &
!&$0

$#&"!2#
$%$0

+.$$0

$#&"!+&' &!
%'
%$%!
$0 &$%.%$%!
0 &
%
3 $!&$0
! %
$!

4&$
'
(.$-%
)
& . 5+
$/% $ &(%
)
5! &$%
'$%$# (.$)
%
#
$&0
#"%
#
$&0 %$%!

"#
#

#

!

"#
#

6 '

$
!* &*%$+
.
&
$
!

!* &
"&/
..&

(" )
"&/

.#
!

#$
("
.)
1!.#
!

#$
(1.)
%
$.
&

%
$.
$
5+.
$

!#$ $$

" $ %

%
&% #
%
&%#
# '
# '
# '

(
( (
( ( ( (
( ( (
(
( ( (
( ( ((
(
( ((( (
( (
(
'

$
!* &*%$+
.
&
$
!

!* &
!&

!&
!#$ $&

!&
!#$ $$
* $%
$%&
1!.!*
&$

!#$ $* $
5+'
1!
.!*&$
* $%
$%&

.!*
&$
* $ 5+'

.!*
&$
* $ 5+1!
.!*&$ (78
'.

89:9%
+')
&0 5+1!
.!*&$
(78 '.

89:9%
+')

" $ %

&%#
# ' ') ')
%
% '
)
'
)

( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( +
6&;
6<

6 '

$
!* &*%$+
&
$
!

!* &
& 3 $%!
$!3/ $
& 3 $%!
$!
& 3 $%!
$! 5+
5+#
$
& !1 &0
.&!!%
!! &
.&!
.$ &!! &
*!&/

&'0
!*+ $
1#
+%'++ $
1#
&.!&
$=>

?8
8

*+, -.
62 .
*$ & $!
+ & $!7
.
&'0
&'0

" $ %

! )

! )

! )

! )

! )

! )

! )

! )

! )

(( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ((( ( ( ( ( (( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (( ((( ( ( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( &.!&
$=>

?8
8
6<6G
6
6 $%$# !&& $ !* &"%%$0("+)
"%
$
! &$%
'
$ (.)
7
A
C

9

8
7

!
0'
1 ( (( ( (( (( ( ( (( ( (( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ((( ( ( ( ( ( ( ((( ((( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( @@&

$@6
H

66<

<

6 <
<
G
<
<
G
1@<

6 6
6<
<

G
6<
<

"((

( ( # &

(( # & '

6@&

E8
&.!&
.%
%$%!

' )

'

)

4 6+76, 8,9.-9:*6;, <-=,9*6;, >*=?,@ A,=-B *9, 9,89,@,6<*<7>, -. * <C87;*= 89-D?;<7-6 ,6+76, <,@<,D 76 * ;*=7A9*<,D DC6*:-:,<,9 <,@< ;,== *<

@<*6D*9D 9,.,9,6;, ;-6D7<7-6@ *<,987==*9
:*76<*76@ 4 ;,9<7.7,D E?*=7<C :*6*+,:,6< @C@<,:@ .-9 ,6+76, <,@< '*;7=7<7,@ <- *@@?9, *;;?9*<, ;*=7A9*<7-6 -. <,@< 63 ,E?78:,6<
6+76, <,@< D*<* 7@ ;-99,;<,D 76 *;;-9D*6;, B7<F

DD7<7-6*= 9,.,9,6;, :*<,97*=

&4
&4 *6D :*C *88=C 76
8*9< -9 *9, @7:7=*9 <-

8,;7*= ,6+76, 9*<76+ 9,E?,@<
0
1 <,@< D*<* @F*== A, 6-<,D

' )

)

'
4

-B,9
& $

-9E?,
& $

5F*?@< @<*;G <,:8,9*<?9,
& $
6=,< *79.=-B
& $
6<*G, :*67.-=D 89,@@?9,&+*+,
& $

5F*?@< .=-B
& $
8,;7.7; .?,= ;-6@?:8<7-6
& $
'?,= 9*<,
& $
8,;7.7;
' ;-6@?:8<7-6
& $

' 9*<,
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6 ,5F*?@< -6=C
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6
) -6=C
& $
%,*< ,H,;<7-6 >*=?,@ A*@,D -6 ?@76+ <9,*<,D B*<,9

-9E?, 7@ 76;=?D,D .-9 <9?;G *6D 76D?@<97*= *88=7;*<7-6@ D- 6-< ?@, .-9 #,6 ,< -9 @<,*DC @<*<, *88=7;*<7-6@
6 ( & ,6+76,@ *< @8,,D@ -.
) *6D ?6D,9 <F,@, >*=?,@
*9, 89->7D,D .-9 9,.,9,6;, -6=C *6D :*C 6-< :,,< <F, <-=,9*6;, =7@<,D

F,@, >*=?,@ D- 6-< *88=C <- '-9 <F,@, :-D,=@ @,, <F, <-=,9*6;,@ =7@<,D A,=-B
%

'
4
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6 <- <:-@8F,9,
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6 <-
?A, 7=
& $
%,*< 9,H,;<7-6 <- .<,9;--=,9
& $

'
4

-9E?,
& $
8,,D
& $
'?,= .=-B
& $

,:8,9*<?9,
& D,+9,,@
6<*G, :*67.-=D 89,@@?9,
& G
*

2

' )

)
%

)

!# .-9 :*976, ,6+76,@ *6D

.-9 -<F,9
,6+76,@ 9,.,9,6;, *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9, 7@ "
0 76 F+1
*6D @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ D,+ 0(( D,+ '1 *< $ 9,=*<7>, F?:7D7<C *< <F, @<*<,D *.<,9;--=,9 B*<,9 <,:8 -9 76=,< :*67.-=D <,:8
'

6+76, 9*<76+ -A<*76,D *6D 89,@,6<,D 76 *;;-9D*6;, B7<F *6D

9,.,9,6;, *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9, 7@
"
0 76 F+1 *6D @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ D,+ 0(( D,+ '1 *< $ 9,=*<7>, F?:7D7<C *6D ) *=<7<?D, *< <F, @<*<,D *.<,9;--=,9 B*<,9 <,:8,9*<?9,
)
!
)

)

-;*<7-6 .-9 *79 <,:8,9*<?9, :,*@?9,:,6< *79 ;=,*6,9 76=,< *< @<*A7=7I,D -8,9*<76+ ;-6D7<7-6@

/%!

" )

F, ,.,9,6;,
5F*?@< <*;G 7*:,<,9 8?A=7@F,D B7<F <F7@ D*<*@,<
7@ -6=C ?@,D .-9 <F, ;*=;?=*<7-6 -. :-G, 8*;7<C >*=?,@ D7@8=*C,D 76 <F7@ D*<*@,<
F7@ >*=?, D-,@ 6-< 6,;,@@*97=C 9,89,@,6< <F,
*;<?*= @<*;G D7*:,<,9 -. <F, ,6+76, D?, <- <F, >*97,<C -. ,5F*?@< @<*;G *D*8<,9 -8<7-6@ *>*7=*A=, -6@?=< <F, 897;, =7@< ,6+76, -9D,9 -9 +,6,9*= D7:,6@7-6 D9*B76+@ .-9 <F, *;<?*= @<*;G D7*:,<,9 @7I, -9D,9,D -9 -8<7-6@ *>*7=*A=,

,.,9,6;, .?,= 7@ J D7@<7==*<, D7,@,= B7<F *
+9*>7<CK
=-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, 7@ ( "
"# 0
!
1 BF,6 ?@,D *<
D,+ 0 D,+ '1 BF,9, <F, D,6@7<C 7@
#
7<,9 0(
A@ #*=1
#
,.,9,6;, 6*<?9*= +*@ .?,= F*@ * =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, -. ( "

0
! ! '<1
-B
! 9*<76+@ *9, A*@,D -6 "

0

! ! '
1 =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, +*@
9-8*6, 9*<76+@ *9, A*@,D -6
( "

0
! ! '<1 =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, +*@

0 1
%

'
%

0# 1

6+76, ;-99,;<,D +9-@@ -?<8?< 76;=?D,@ <F, 8-B,9 9,E?79,D <- D97>, @<*6D*9D ,E?78:,6<K =?A, -7= @;*>,6+, =?A, -7= .?,= <9*6@.,9 ;-::-6 9*7= .?,= @,8*9*<, ;79;?7< *.<,9;--=,9 *6D H*;G,< B*<,9 8?:8@
6+76, 6,< 8-B,9 *>*7=*A=, .-9 <F, ,5<,96*= 0.=CBF,,=1
=-*D 7@ ;*=;?=*<,D AC @?A<9*;<76+ <F, @?: -. *?57=7*9C =-*D .9-:
<F, ;-99,;<,D +9-@@ .=CBF,,= -?< 8?< 8-B,9
C87;*= *?57=7*9C
=-*D@ *9, 9*D7*<-9 ;--=76+ .*6@ FCD9*?=7; 8?:8@ *79 ;-:89,@@-9@ *6D A*<<,9C ;F*9+76+ *=<,96*<-9@ '-9
7,9 9*<76+@ *DD7<7-6*=

*9*@7<7; =-@@,@ B-?=D *=@- 76;=?D, 6<*G, *6D
5F*?@<
,@<97;<7-6@

!

&.!&
$=>

?8
8
64 =<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C 7@ <F, :*57:?: *=<7<?D, *A->, @,* =,>,= *< @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, *6D @<*6D*9D 89,@@?9, *< BF7;F <F, ,6+76, ;-?=D D,>,=-8 .?== 9*<,D -?<8?< 8-B,9 -6 <F, ;?99,6< 8,9.-9:*6;, D*<* @,<
<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, >*=?,@ >,9@?@ *=<7<?D, ;-?=D A, @,,6 -6

)
F,6 >7,B76+ <F, *=<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C ;F*9< <F, *:A7,6< <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ <F, 76=,< *79 <,:8 *< <F, ;-:89,@@-9 76=,<

6+76,@ B7<F
) )
! *6D %
! .?,= @C@<,:@ -8,9*<76+ *<
;-6D7<7-6@ *A->, <F, D,.76,D *=<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C D,9*<, .-9 *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9, *6D <,:8,9*<?9, ;-6D7<7-6@ -?<@7D, <F, >*=?,@ D,.76,D @,,
)
),;F*67;*= +->,96-9 ;-6<9-==,D ?67< 76H,;<-9 ,6+76,@ 9,E?79, * @,<<76+ ;F*6+, .-9 -8,9*<7-6 *< ;-6D7<7-6@ *A->, <F, *=<7<?D, D,.76,D -6 <F, ,6+76, 8,9.-9:*6;, @F,,< ,, C-?9 *<,987==*9 <,;F67;*= 9,89,@,6<*<7>, .-9 6-6 @<*6D*9D 9*<76+@

#!

!
)

)
:7@@7-6@ 76.-9:*<7-6 7@ 89,@,6<,D *< L6-:76*=L *6D L
-<,6<7*=
7<, 2*97*<7-6L >*=?,@ .-9 @<*6D*9D 9*<76+@
- <-=,9*6;,@ *9,
*88=7,D <- <F, ,:7@@7-6@ D*<*
F,@, >*=?,@ *9, @?AH,;< <- ;F*6+,
*< *6C <7:,
F, ;-6<9-==76+ .,D,9*= *6D =-;*= ,:7@@7-6
9,E?79,:,6<@ 6,,D <- A, >,97.7,D AC C-?9 *<,987==*9 <,;F67;*= 9,89,@,6<*<7>,
?@<-:,9L@ :*C F*>, @8,;7*= ,:7@@7-6 @7<, 9,E?79,:,6<@ <F*< 6,,D <- A, >,97.7,D AC <F, *<,987==*9
9-D?;< #9-?8 ,6+76,,9

)

)
4
C;=, ,:7@@7-6@ )*5
7:7<@ *88=C <- ;C;=,&B,7+F<,D *>,9*+,@ -6=C

:7@@7-6@ *< 76D7>7D?*= =-*D 8-76<@ :*C ,5;,,D <F, ;C;=,&B,7+F<,D =7:7<

)

'

4

:7@@7-6@ 4 )(

)

'

'-9 ;-6@<*6<&@8,,D :*976, ,6+76,@ .-9 @F78 :*76 89-8?=@7-6 76;=?D76+D7,@,=&,=,;<97; D97>, <,@< ;C;=,
@F*== A, *88=7,D
.-9 ;-6<9-==*A=,&87<;F 89-8,==,9 @,<@
<,@< ;C;=,
@F*== A, *88=7,D
'-9 89-8,==,9&=*B&-8,9*<,D :*76 *6D 89-8,==,9&=*B&-8,9*<,D *?57=7*9C ,6+76,@ <F, <,@< ;C;=,
@F*== A, *88=7,D
'-9 ;-6@<*6<&@8,,D *?57=7*9C ,6+76,@ <,@< ;C;=, @F*== A, *88=7,D
'-9 >*97*A=,&@8,,D >*97*A=,&=-*D *?57=7*9C ,6+76,@ 6-< 76;=?D,D *A->, <,@< ;C;=, @F*== A, *88=7,D
%

'

4
7,@,= 79;?7<
C8, *6D %%2 *=*6;, 4 )
%#%

)

0%1
'

4
4
)

#
'

4
+97;?=<?9, 4
)
'79,
?:8 4
)
#,6,9*<-9 ,< 4
)
#,6,9*<-9 0#*@1 4
)
6D?@<97*= 7,@,= 4
)
6D?@<97*= 0#*@1 4
)
997+*<7-6 4
)(

-;-:-<7>, 4
)(
)*976, ?57=7*9C 4
)
)*976,
9-8 0
5;,8< 1 4
)((
)*976,
9-8 0 -6=C1 4
)(
)% 4
)
7= '7,=D 0
,<9-=,?:1 4
)
..&%7+FB*C
9?;G 4
)
6&%7+FB*C
9?;G 4
)
!

'

4
-?6D
-B,9 4 )(
-?6D
9,@@?9, 4
)(
*<, ,=,*@,D 4 (
&.!&
$=>

?8
8
65 PACKAGE DATA [LS1445] MARCH 15, 2021
For Help Desk Phone NumbersClick here
Feature Code: C18DE6E Rating Type: STANDBY Sales model Package: PGS600 Engine Sales Model: C18 Engine Arrangement Number: 4206877 Hertz: 60 EKW W/F: 600.0 Noise Reduction: 0 dBA Back Pressure: 0.0 inH2O Engine Package Information
Engine Package Data
Package Cooling Information
Open Cooling Data
%
Load Airflow Rate scfm Ambient Capability
Sea Level (Deg F)
Ambient Capability
300 m (Deg F)
Ambient Capability
600 m (Deg F)
Ambient Capability
900 m (Deg F)
0 inH2O
1/2
inH2O
3/4
inH2O
0 inH2O
1/2
inH2O
3/4
inH2O
0 inH2O
1/2
inH2O
3/4
inH2O
0 inH2O
1/2
inH2O
3/4
inH2O
0 inH2O
1/2
inH2O
3/4
inH2O
100.0 21683 20058 19246 134 127 125 113 113 113 95 95 86 77 77 77

75.0 21683 20058 19246 140 140 140 140 140 138 140 140 136 140 138 132 SA Level 1 Canopy Cooling Data
%
Load
Airflow
Rate scfm
Ambient Capability
Sea Level (Deg F)
Ambient
Capability 300 m
(Deg F)
Ambient
Capability 600 m
(Deg F)
Ambient
Capability 900 m
(Deg F)
100.0 17233 109 107 86 77

75.0 17233 129 127 125 122
Package Sound Information
Sound Comments :

Package Data Display
66 Open Sound Data
Distance: 3.3 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 105.3 98.5 96.5 102.4 100.0 99.6 93.5 87.0
450.0 75.0 104.8 96.7 96.1 102.3 99.3 98.7 92.2 89.2
300.0 50.0 104.0 94.8 96.0 102.3 98.6 97.4 90.6 89.3
150.0 25.0 103.6 94.1 96.3 102.2 98.2 96.4 89.6 87.3
Distance: 23.0 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 95.3 88.5 86.5 92.4 90.0 89.6 83.5 77.0
450.0 75.0 94.8 86.7 86.1 92.3 89.3 88.7 82.2 79.2
300.0 50.0 94.0 84.8 86.0 92.3 88.6 87.4 80.6 79.3
150.0 25.0 93.6 84.1 86.3 92.2 88.2 86.4 79.6 77.3
Distance: 49.2 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 89.3 82.5 80.5 86.4 84.0 83.6 77.5 71.0
450.0 75.0 88.8 80.7 80.1 86.3 83.3 82.7 76.2 73.2
300.0 50.0 88.0 78.8 80.0 86.3 82.6 81.4 74.6 73.3
150.0 25.0 87.6 78.1 80.3 86.2 82.2 80.4 73.6 71.3
SA Level 1 Canopy Sound Data
Distance: 3.3 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 87.6 90.0 89.1 85.5 80.8 78.6 74.7 74.5
450.0 75.0 87.1 87.9 88.8 85.2 80.3 78.4 73.8 72.3
300.0 50.0 86.7 86.1 88.2 85.1 80.3 78.1 72.8 70.1
150.0 25.0 86.7 85.2 88.5 85.1 80.5 78.1 72.0 68.2
Distance: 23.0 Feet

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)
Package Data Display
67 EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 75.4 81.1 77.1 73.6 68.3 64.5 59.5 60.4
450.0 75.0 74.8 78.1 77.4 73.6 67.4 63.3 57.7 57.2
300.0 50.0 74.1 75.8 77.1 73.1 66.8 62.3 56.4 55.5
150.0 25.0 73.9 75.5 76.8 73.1 66.9 62.8 56.2 52.5
Distance: 49.2 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 72.8 78.5 75.1 71.1 64.8 61.5 57.2 59.3
450.0 75.0 72.0 76.4 74.3 70.9 64.1 60.6 55.3 56.5
300.0 50.0 71.7 75.1 73.9 71.2 64.3 60.2 54.1 52.8
150.0 25.0 71.6 74.0 74.1 71.2 64.2 60.2 53.7 49.4
WP Canopy - Critical Sound Data
Distance: 3.3 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 98.3 97.8 94.1 95.2 91.4 89.9 88.6 92.0
450.0 75.0 97.1 96.6 93.7 94.7 90.6 89.0 87.0 88.6
300.0 50.0 95.7 94.9 93.3 94.1 89.7 87.6 84.8 83.7
150.0 25.0 95.0 93.8 93.1 93.8 89.4 86.8 83.3 80.6
Distance: 23.0 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 86.5 90.6 85.6 81.2 80.3 78.0 76.7 79.5
450.0 75.0 85.4 89.3 85.2 81.0 79.4 77.1 75.3 76.1
300.0 50.0 84.3 87.7 84.6 80.8 78.7 76.0 73.5 71.4
150.0 25.0 83.8 86.8 84.3 80.7 78.5 75.5 72.4 68.8
Distance: 49.2 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 80.5 84.6 79.6 75.2 74.3 72.0 70.7 73.5
450.0 75.0 79.4 83.3 79.2 75.0 73.4 71.1 69.3 70.1
300.0 50.0 78.3 81.7 78.6 74.8 72.7 70.0 67.5 65.4
150.0 25.0 77.8 80.8 78.3 74.7 72.5 69.5 66.4 62.8
Open Exhaust Sound Data

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)
Package Data Display
68 Caterpillar Confidential: Green
Content Owner: Commercial Processes Division
Web Master(s): PSG Web Based Systems Support
Current Date: 3/15/2021 10:12:51 AM
© Caterpillar Inc. 2021 All Rights Reserved.

Data Privacy Statement.

Distance: 3.3 Feet
EKW
W/F
%
LOAD
OBCF
125HZ
DB
OBCF
250HZ
DB
OBCF
500HZ
DB
OBCF
1000HZ
DB
OBCF
2000HZ
DB
OBCF
4000HZ
DB
OBCF
8000HZ
DB
600.0 100.0 121.6 128.2 121.3 114.6 116.1 114.3 114.0 103.6 450.0 75.0 118.4 127.0 119.0 113.9 113.3 111.6 104.7 90.3 300.0 50.0 114.4 121.2 117.6 110.1 108.9 106.9 99.4 77.8 150.0 25.0 108.1 114.9 109.8 102.9 102.5 102.4 89.7 70.3

OVERALL

SOUND DB
(A)
Package Data Display
69 Cat
®
Batteries
Cat® Batteries—Greater Starting
Power—Lower Maintenance—
Longer Life
Cat® Premium High Output (PHO) batteries are used in all Caterpillar® Machines and Engine Gen-Sets. They are designed to meet stringent Caterpillar design speciﬁcations, which provide industry leading cold cranking amp (CCA) capability and maximum vibration resistance.

Maintenance Free or low maintenance designs are available in wet and dry conﬁgurations.

General Service Line batteries are available in Maintenance Free or low maintenance designs and in wet or dry conﬁgurations. Wide selections of BCI group sizes are available for automotive, light truck, bus, industrial, agricultural, marine, recreational and valve regulated (VRLA-AGM & Gel) applications.
24 70
Cat
®
Batteries
World’s Toughest Batteries
2 Premium High Output —Maximum Vibration Resistance
sVibration Resistance...five times the Industry Standard sExclusive “flat top” BCI group 4D & 8D batteries are Maintenance Free and have the industries highest cold cranking amps (CCA) sPopular BCI group 31 Maintenance Free batteries with industry leading cold cranking amps...up to 1000 (CCA), for electric power, machine or on-highway truck and bus applications. Deep cycle models are available for truck, marine or recreational usage
BCI Cold Reserve Amp Hr. Add Water Nominal
Group Cranking Capacity Capacity Maintenance Acid to Fill Size Part No. Amps” Minutes’ Volts @ 20 Hrs. Construction Check Hours Length In (mm) Width In (mm) Height In (mm) Wet Lb (kg) Dry Lb (kg) Qt (liter) 8D 153-5720 1500 465 12 210 C MF 20.47 (520) 10.8 (275) 9.76 (248) 132 (60) – – 8D 101-4000 1400 400 12 190 LAC+ 1000 20.7 (526.5) 10.96 (278) 9.76 (248) 132 (60) 86 (39) 18.0 (17.0) 4D 153-5710 1400 425 12 200 C MF 20.47 (520) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 119 (54) – – 4D 153-5700 1125 305 12 145 C MF 20.47 (520) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 101 (46) – – 4D 9X-9730 1300 400 12 190 LAC+ 1000 20.75 (527) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 119 (54) 81 (37) 14.8 (14.0) 4D 9X-9720 1000 275 12 140 LAC+ 1000 20.75 (527) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 101 (46) 59 (27) 15.9 (15.0) 31 175-4390 1000 180 12 90 C/S MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27) – – 31 175-4370 825 190 12 100 C/S** MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27) – – 31 175-4360 710 185 12 100 C/S*** MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27) – – 31 250-0480 710 185 12 100 C/SDT*** MF 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27) – – 31 115-2422 1000 170 12 90 C SAE MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.46 (240.3) 60 (27) – – 31 115-2421 950 170 12 90 C SAE + MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.46 (240.3) 60 (27) 44 (20) 6.6 (6.2) 31 9X-3404 950 165 12 100 C SAE MF 13 (330.2) 6.77 (172) 9.46 (240.3) 58 (26) – – 31 3T-5760 750 165 12 100 C SAE MF 13 (330.2) 6.77 (172) 9.46 (240.3) 55 (25) – – 24 153-5656 650 110 12 52 SC MF 10.98 (278.9) 6.85 (174) 9.0 (229.1) 39 (18) – – 65 230-6368 880 140 12 80 SC MF 11.9 (303.4) 7.5 (190.8) 7.5 (191.4) 45.5 (21) – – 74 153-5660 650 110 12 52 SC* MF 10.98 (278.9) 7.0 (178.2) 8.15 (206.9) 39 (18) – – 58 175-4280 500 70 12 35 SC MF 9.96 (253.1) 7.2 (182.5) 6.9 (176) 31 (14) – – 2 153-5690 765 210 6 90 LAC+ 1000 10.24 (260) 6.8 (173) 8.72 (221.6) 37 (17) 22 (10) 4.8 (4.5) Construction Notes:

LAC = Low Maintenance, Hybrid Construction
C=Calcium Lead Alloy Grid Design
MF=Maintenance Free
MFA=Maintenance Free with Accessible Vent Caps
S = Stud Terminals
+ = Shipped Dry Only
* = Side Terminals
** = Starting and Deep Cycle Battery
*** = Deep Cycle and Starting Battery
" = For 30 seconds at 0º F (-18º C)
' = Minimum of 25 amp output at 80º F (27º C)
SAE = Uses SAE Posts
SDT = Dual, Top mounted Terminals, Stud and SAE Post,
Marine Deep Cycle/Starting Battery
SC=Silver (Ag) Calcium Alloy Grids for resistance to high underhood temperatures

BCI Overall Dimensions
Nominal Weight
Rugged Design–Built Tough–Reliable Starting
s0OSITIVEANDNEGATIVEPLATESAREANCHOREDTOCONTAINERBOTTOM ANDLOCKEDAT the top of celnelement for maximum vibration resistance. s(EAVY
DUTYFORGEDTERMINALPOSTBUSHINGSPROVIDEMAXIMUMSTRE NGTHAND resistance to acid seepage.
s(EFTYFULL
FRAMEGRIDS
NOSHARPEDGES
OPTIMUMACIDPASTECO MBINATION
provides better charge acceptance after deep discharge. s-ANIFOLDVENTEDCOVERWITHBUILT
IN&LAME!RRESTORxASAFETYF EATURETHAT
directs corrosive gases away from the battery and hold-downs. s4HICK
ROBUSTCONTAINERRESISTSRUGGEDTREATMENTTYPICALOFH EAVY DUTY
commercial use. Embossed part number & descriptors for easy serviceability.

Specifications for Cat Premium High Output Batteries-Available Worldwide 71 Cat
®
Batteries
6 Battery Accessories
Group 31—Charging Posts for Stud Terminals—Part # 4C-5637 Screw-in Charging Posts for Side Terminals—Part # 4C-5638 Wing Nut—Part # 2B-9498 for Part #’s 175-4390/175-4370/175-4360/8C-3628 Wing Nut—Part # 3B-0723 for Part #’s 8C-3638 and 8C-3639 Digital Battery Analyzer—Part # 177-2330
Battery Load Tester—Part # 4C-4911
Booster Cable 12' (3.66 m)—Part # 4C-4933
Booster Cable 20' (6.00 m)—Part # 4C-4937
Heavy Duty Commercial Fast Charger (110V)—Part # 4C-4921 Heavy Duty Commercial Fast Charger (220V)—Part # 4C-4910 Note: Ratings and Part Numbers are subject to change without notice.

Cat Premium High Output Batteries — Built Tough to
Exceed Demanding Performance Test Requirements:
100 hour Vibration Testing – Five Times the Industry Standard sBattery must be able to withstand vibration forces without suffering mechanical damage, loss of capacity, loss of electrolyte or without developing internal/external leaks
sBattery must pass a high rate discharge test after the vibration testing Five 72-hour Deep Discharge/Recharge Test Cycles
sBattery must recover to 25 charging amps within 20 minutes and meet Industry Electrical Performance Standards
30 Day Complete Discharge Test
sBattery must recover to 25 charging amps within 60 minutes and meet Industry Electrical Performance Standards after recharging SAE J2185 Life Cycle Test
sBattery subject to deeper discharge and charge cycles at extreme temperatures not normally encountered in starting a machine or vehicle Cold Soak Test
sBattery cold soaked at sub-freezing temperatures and then tested by starting an equally cold engine
Recycle all scrap batteries.

We accept lead-acid batteries for
recycling.

BCI Terminal Locations
GP 2E
3 EH
4EH
GP 3EE & 3ET
GP 4DL T
GP 4D
6D
8D
4B
GP 31
28 GP21R, 22R, 22F , 22HF , 22NF , 24F , 24R,
26R, 27F , 27R, 33, 34R, 35, 36R, 47,
48,49, 51R, 54, 55, 56, 58R, 85,
U1R(L), 22NL, 29 HR, 30HR, 27 HF ,
29NF
6-Volt
GP 1,2,3,4
5D, 7D, GC2,
GC2H, 3D,
17 HF , 19L
GP 40R, 41, 42, 43
96R, 97R, 98R
Side Terminal
GP70, 71, 72, 73, 74
75, 76, 77, 78, 101
GP21, 24, 24H, 25, 26, 27, 27H,
29H, 30H,34,50, 51, 52, 57, 58,
59, 65, 86, U1, 12T, 24T
U2(L TERMINAL)
Transit Bus Terminal for 8D Part # 250-0473
One piece end terminal.

Right end of Battery.
1/2" - 13 Steel Positive Stud
3/8" - 16 Steel Negative Stud
Type B
72 Cat
®
Batteries
Robust Components = Long Life + Reliable Starts
s (EAVY
DUTYFORGEDTERMINALPOSTBUSHINGSPROVIDEMAXIMUMSTRENGTHANDRESISTANCETOACIDSEEPAGETHATCAUSESCORROSION and black posts. Thicker internal terminal posts provide lower electrical resistance and higher cold cranking amp output. s 2UGGEDMICROPOROUSPOLYETHYLENEENVELOPESEPARATORSPROTECTAGAINSThSHORTSvANDVIBRATIONDAMAGE$EEP#YCLEBATTERIES utilize double insulated Glass mat separators for longer cycling life. s -AINTENANCE&REEBATTERIESUTILIZECALCIUMLEADALLOYONBOTHPOSITIVEANDNEGATIVEPLATESTHATREDUCESGASSINGANDWATER consumption. Automotive batteries have Silver (Ag) Calcium Alloy Grids for resistance to high underhood temperatures. s (EAVY
DUTY
FULLFRAMEBATTERYGRIDSWITHNOSHARPEDGES!NOPTIMUMACIDPASTECOMBINATIONPROVIDESBETTERCHARGE acceptance after a deep discharge.
s 0OSITIVEAND.EGATIVEPLATESAREANCHOREDTOTHECONTAINERBOTTOMANDTHECELLELEMENTISLOCKEDATTHETOPFORMAXIMUM vibration resistance. Straps are thicker, heavier and cast (not welded) into the plates. s -ANIFOLDVENTEDCOVERWITHBUILT
IN&LAME!RRESTORxASAFETYFEATURETHATDIRECTSCORROSIVEGASESAWAYFROMTHEBATTERYAND hold-downs.
s 2OBUSTREINFORCEDCASEPROVIDESEXTRASTRENGTHINALLTEMPERATUREEXTREMES"RICKWORKDESIGNONSIDESREDUCESCHANCEOF punctures and case ﬂexing. Embossed part number and descriptors for easy serviceability.

PEHJ0073-02
www.cat.com
¥#ATERPILLARs!LL2IGHTS2ESERVEDs0RINTEDIN53! CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow” and the POWER EDGE trade dress, as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

CAT ® DEALERS DEFINE WORLD-
CLASS PRODUCT SUPPORT.

We offer you the right parts and service
solutions, when and where you need them.

The Cat Dealer network of highly trained
experts can help you maximize your equipment
investment.

Built-in Flame
Arrestor
Robust
Reinforce
Case
Vibration
Resistant
Plates &
Elements
Heavy-duty Grids Rugged
Separators
Heavy-duty Forged Terminal Post Bushings
73 'EX(IEPIVWHIJMRI[SVPHGPEWW
TVSHYGXWYTTSVX;ISJJIV]SYXLI
VMKLXTEVXWERHWIVZMGIWSPYXMSRW
[LIRERH[LIVI]SYRIIHXLIQ
8LI'EX(IEPIVRIX[SVOSJLMKLP]
XVEMRIHI\TIVXWOIITW]SYVIRXMVI
JPIIXYTERHVYRRMRKXSQE\MQM^I
]SYVIUYMTQIRXMRZIWXQIRX
'EXIVTMPPEV 8LIHMJJIVIRGIGSYRXW6IGSQQIRHIH9WI
'EXIEVXLQSZMRKGSQQIVGMEPQEVMRIERHSRLMKL[E]XVYGOHMIWIPIRKMRIW 0S[IQMWWMSRHMIWIPIRKMRIWMRGPYHMRK'EX IRKMRIW[MXL%')68 8IGLRSPSK] ,IEZ]HYX]HMIWIPIRKMRIWQEHIF]SXLIVQERYJEGXYVIVWXLEXVIGSQQIRH%4-'- 4097',SV'+GEXIKSV]SMP
7II©8]TMGEP'LEVEGXIVMWXMGWªSRTEKIJSV
QSVIMRJSVQEXMSR
%YXSQSXMZIKEWSPMRIIRKMRIWXLEXVIUYMVI%4-70 GEXIKSV]SMPW )\GPYHMRK'
ERH19-1EVMRIERH1E/HMIWIPIRKMRIW8LIERH 19-1EVMRIHMIWIPIRKMRIW[MXLGPSWIHGVEROGEWIZIRXMPEXMSRW]WXIQWWLSYPHYWI'EX7%)3 (MWGSZIVXLI(MJJIVIRGI
'EX()3MWHIZIPSTIHXIWXIHERHETTVSZIHF]'EXIVTMPPEVXSQIIXXLIWEQILMKL WXERHEVHWEWEPP+IRYMRI'EX4EVXW
*EGXSV]*MPP¨9WIHEWWXERHEVHJEGXSV]JMPPJSV'EXQEGLMRIW -RGVIEWIH)RKMRI0MJI¨6IWMWXWS\MHEXMSRERHTVIZIRXWFYMPHYTSJHITSWMXWSR TMWXSRWERHVMRKW
0SRKIV -RXIVZEPW¨)\XIRHWSMPHVEMRMRXIVZEPW[LMPITVSZMHMRKI\GIPPIRXIRKMRI TVSXIGXMSRERHTIVJSVQERGI[LIRYWIHMRGSRNYRGXMSR[MXLSYV73771 7IVZMGIWSMP EREP]WMWTVSKVEQ
4VSZIR4IVJSVQERGI¨8IWXIHXLSVSYKLP]MR'EXHMIWIPIRKMRIWMRGPYHMRK'EX IRKMRIW[MXL%')68 8IGLRSPSK]XSIRWYVII\GIPPIRXIRKMRIPMJIERHTIVJSVQERGI 0SRK0EWXMRK4VSXIGXMSR¨-QTVSZIHWSSXGSRXVSPERHIRLERGIHWLIEVWXEFMPMX] IREFPISMPXSQEMRXEMRTVSTIVZMWGSWMX]JSVPSRKIVSTIVEXMRKTIVMSHWMR'EXIRKMRIW [MXL%')68 8IGLRSPSK]IWTIGMEPP]XLSWIIUYMTTIH[MXL,)9-W]WXIQW 7%);7%);(MIWIP)RKMRI3MPJSV2SVXL%QIVMGE 'EREHE1I\MGS9RMXIH7XE XIW

'EX

()3

53 08/17/2017
74 'EX()34IVJSVQERGI 8IWXIH&I]SRH-RHYWXV]7XERHEVHW -REHHMXMSRXSXLIXIWXWVIUYMVIHJSVXLI)'*
GPEWWMJMGEXMSR'EX()3YRHIVKSIWJSYV
TVSTVMIXEV]QYPXMG]PMRHIVIRHYVERGIXIWXWE
ZEVMIX]SJUYEPMX]EWWYVERGIXIWXWERH
XLSYWERHWSJLSYVWSJJMIPHWIVZMGI3RP][LIR
MX LEWTEWWIHEPPXLIWIXIWXWGERMXFI
ETTVSZIHF]'EXIVTMPPEV8LIGLEVXXSXLIPIJX
MRHMGEXIWXLIHMJJIVIRGIWFIX[IIR)'*
WXERHEVHWERHXLITVSTVMIXEV]WXERHEVHWSJ
'EXIVTMPPEV
'EX ()3
4),.
[[[GEXGSQ 'EXIVTMPPEV %PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH 4VMR XIHMR97% ,IEPXLERH7EJIX]
9RHIVRSVQEPGSRHMXMSRWSJMRXIRHIHYWIXLMWTVSHYGXHSIWRSXTSWIEVMWOXS LIEPXL)\GIWWMZII\TSWYVIQE]VIWYPXMRI]IWOMRSVVIWTMVEXSV]MVVMXEXMSR%P[E]W SFWIVZIKSSHL]KMIRIQIEWYVIW6IEHERHYRHIVWXERHXLI1EXIVMEP7EJIX](EXE 7LIIX
17(7
FIJSVIYWMRKXLMWTVSHYGX*SVEGST]SJXLI17(7ZMWMXYWSR XLI[IFEX[[[GEXQWHWGSQ
7377IVZMGIWJSVIEVP]TVSFPIQHIXIGXMSR
4VSXIGX]SYVMRZIWXQIRX[MXL'EX737SMP
EREP]WMWXLIYPXMQEXIHIXIGXMSRERH
HMEKRSWXMGXSSPJSV]SYVIUYMTQIRX737
LIPTW]SYHIXIGXTSXIRXMEPTVSFPIQWFIJSVI
XLI]GERPIEHXSQENSVJEMPYVIWERHGSWXP]
YRWGLIHYPIHHS[RXMQI
'EX*MPXIVW
'SQTPIXITVSXIGXMSRJSV]SYVQEGLMRI
'SQFMRI'EX*PYMHW[MXL'EX*MPXIVWJSVXLI
LMKLIWXPIZIPSJGSRXEQMREXMSRGSRXVSP
ERHTVSXIGXMSRJSV]SYVQEGLMRI;I
VIGSQQIRH'EX*MPXIVWJSVEPP'EXQEGLMRI
ETTPMGEXMSRW
8LIZEPYIWWLS[REVIX]TMGEPZEPYIWERHWLSYPHRSXFIYWIHEW UYEPMX]GSRXVSPTEVEQIXIVWXSIMXLIV EGGITXSVVINIGXTVSHYGX7TIGMJMGEXMSRWEVIWYFNIGXXSGLERKI [MXLSYXRSXMGI 8]TMGEP'LEVEGXIVMWXMGW
7%):MWGSWMX]+VEHI ; ;
%4-7IVZMGI'PEWWMJMGEXMSR
(MIWIP '-4097'- '-',
','+'*'* '+'*'*
+EWSPMRI 70 70
3)14IVJSVQERGI0IZIP

'EXIVTMPPEV )'* )'*
: SPZS :(7 :(7
(('
/
'YQQMRW ')7
')7
1EGO )3244 ¬)314PYW )314PYW
*PEWL4SMRX
'
%781(

4SYV4SMRX
'
%781(

:MWGSWMX]
G7X$
'
%781(

G7X$
'
%781(

:MWGSWMX]-RHI\
%781(

7YPJEXIH%WL [X
%781(

8&2
%781(

>MRG [X
%781(

+VEZMX]$
'
%4-
%781(

7TIGMJMG

3XLIV6IGSQQIRHIH3MPW
'EX()37=2 ;
*SVIRKMRIWXLEXQYWXFIWXEVXIHMR
I\XVIQIP]PS[XIQTIVEXYVIWHS[R
XS
'

*
GSRWMHIVYWMRK'EX
()37=2;8LMWMWEJYPPW]RXLIXMG
HMIWIPIRKMRISMP
4IVJSVQERGI6IUYMVIQIRXW 8IWX 'SQQIVGMEP 'EX ()3
)'*
'EX))RHYVERGI8IWX 'EX4VSTVMIXEV]
'EX'%')68)RHYVERGI8IWX 'EX4VSTVMIXEV]
'EX7IVMIW8IWX 'EX4VSTVMIXEV]
'EX'%')68;LIIP0SEHIV8IWX 'EX4VSTVMIXEV]
-QTVSZIH7SSX:MWGSWMX]
7LIEV'SRXVSP
,MKL8IQTIVEXYVI7LIEV
)PEWXSQIV'SQTEXMFMPMX]
4MWXSRVMRK
']PMRHIVPMRIV[IEV
:EPZIXVEMR[IEVWPYHKISMPJMPXIVTPYKKMRK
%IVEXMSR'SRXVSP
&IEVMRK'SVVSWMSR
'EQVSPPIVJSPPS[IVTMR[IEV
'STTIVPIEHERHXMRIVSWMSR
*SEQMRK'SRXVSP
:MWGSWMX]7LIEVPSWW
:MWGSWMX]-RGVIEWIJVSQWSSX
3\MHEXMSR
4MWXSRHITSWMXWERHSMPGSRXVSP
54 08/17/2017
75 'EX

)0'
6IGSQQIRHIH9WI
'EX)0'QIIXWSVI\GIIHWXLIVIUYMVIQIRXWSJXLIJSPPS[MRKWTIGM´ GEXMSRWERHKYMHIPMRIW
'EX)' 81'64
81'64

%781( %781( 7%).
'EX)0'EPWSQIIXWXLITIVJSVQERGIVIUYMVIQIRXWSJ'YQQMRW(IXVSMX(MIWIP-RXIVREXMSREP 1EGOERH:SPZS
(MWGSZIVXLI(MJJIVIRGI
'EX)0'MWHIZIPSTIHXIWXIHERHETTVSZIHF]'EXIVTMPPEVXSQIIXXLIWEQILMKLWXERHEVHWEW EPP+IRYMRI'EX4EVXW
*EGXSV]*MPP¨9WIHEWWXERHEVHJEGXSV]JMPPJSVEPP'EXQEGLMRIGSSPMRKW]WXIQW 0S[IV1EMRXIRERGI'SWXW¨6IHYGIWIRKMRIGSSPERXERHEHHMXMZIGSWXWF]EWQYGLEW GSQTEVIHXSGSRZIRXMSREPGSSPERXW-XIPMQMREXIWXLIRIIHJSVWYTTPIQIRXEPGSSPERX EHHMXMZIWI\XIRHWGSSPERXGLERKISYXMRXIVZEPWERHVIHYGIWHMWTSWEPVIUYMVIQIRXW %HZERGIH1IXEP4VSXIGXMSR¨-RGSVTSVEXIWEREHZERGIHJSVQYPEXIGLRSPSK][MXLSVKERMG EGMHEHHMXMZIGSVVSWMSRMRLMFMXSVWWYGLEWEGSQFMREXMSRSJQSRSERHHMGEVFS\]PEXIWJSV QE\MQYQTVSXIGXMSRSJGSTTIVWSPHIVFVEWWWXIIPGEWXMVSRERHEPYQMRYQ )\XIRHIH0MJI'SSPERXJSV'EXIVTMPPEVERHSVMKMREPIUYMTQIRXQERYJEGXYVIV 3)1
4VIQM\
HMIWIPERHKEWSPMRIIRKMRIW
55 08/17/2017cast iron and aluminum.
76 'EX

)0'
4),.
[[[GEXGSQ
'EXIVTMPPEV%PP6MKLXW6IWIVZIH4VMRXIHMR97% '%8 '%8)64-00%6XLIMVVIWTIGXMZIPSKSW©'EXIVTMPPEV=IPPS[ªERHXLI43;)6)(+)XVEHIHVIWWEW[IPPEW GSVTSVEXIERHTVSHYGXMHIRXMX]YWIHLIVIMREVIXVEHIQEVOWSJ'EXIVTMPPEVERHQE]RSXFIYWIH[MXLSYXTIVQMWWMSR ' % 8()%0)67()*-2);360(
'0%77463(9'87944368
;ISJJIV]SYXLIVMKLXTEVXWERHWIVZMGI
WSPYXMSRW[LIRERH[LIVI]SYRIIHXLIQ
8LI'EX(IEPIVRIX[SVOSJLMKLP]XVEMRIH
I\TIVXWGERLIPT]SYQE\MQM^I]SYVIUYMTQIRX
MRZIWXQIRX
7e3e7
71 WIVZMGIWJSVIEVP]TVSFPIQ

HIXIGXMSR
4VSXIGX]SYVMRZIWXQIRX[MXL'EX737'SSPERX
%REP]WMWXLIYPXMQEXIHIXIGXMSRERHHMEKRSWXMGXSSP
JSV]SYVIUYMTQIRX;IVIGSQQIRH7370IZIP
'SSPERX%REP]WMWEGGSVHMRKXSXLIIRKMRI¬W3TIVEXMSR
ERH1EMRXIRERGI1ERYEPERH0IZIP'SSPERX
%REP]WMWERRYEPP]JSVEPP]SYV'EXIUYMTQIRX
'EX)0')\XIRHIVJSV0SRKIV0MJI
)\GIIHW'EX)'TIVJSVQERGIVIUYMVIQIRXW
4VSXIGXWEKEMRWXG]PMRHIVPMRIVFPSGOTMXXMRK
ERHGEZMXEXMSRIVSWMSR
7LSYPHFIEHHIHEXOQ
QMPIW
JSV
'EXTS[IVIHSRLMKL[E]XVYGOWERHLSYVWJSV
GSQQIVGMEPIRKMRIW
)\XIRHIVMWSRP]RIGIWWEV]SRGIHYVMRKXLI
PMJISJXLIGSSPERX
)RWYVIW'EX)0'TIVJSVQERGIXSOQ

QMPIW
SVLSYVW
'EX)0')\XIRHIVERH*PYWL
-RXIVZEPW
'EX)0')\XIRHIVWLSYPHFIEHHIHEJXIVLSYVW
SVQMPIW
OQ
SJSTIVEXMSRERHXLI
W]WXIQWLSYPHFIHVEMRIHERHJPYWLIH[MXLGPIER
[EXIVEJXIVLSYVWSVQMPIW

OQ
2SGPIERMRKEKIRXWEVIRIIHIH-J7
3771
7IVZMGIWEVIYWIHVIKYPEVP]WEJISTIVEXMSR[MXL'EX
)0'QE]I\XIRHFI]SRHLSYVW
, IEPXLERH7EJIX]
9RHIVRSVQEPGSRHMXMSRWSJMRXIRHIHYWIXLMW
TVSHYGXHSIWRSXTSWIEVMWOXSLIEPXL)\GIWWMZI
I\TSWYVIQE]VIWYPXMRI]IWOMRSVVIWTMVEXSV]
MVVMXEXMSR%P[E]WSFWIVZIKSSHL]KMIRIQIEWYVIW
6IEHERHYRHIVWXERHXLI1EXIVMEP7EJIX](EXE
7LIIX
17(7
FIJSVIYWMRKXLMWTVSHYGX*SVEGST]
SJXLI17(7ZMWMXYWSRXLI[IFEX[[[GEXQWHW
GSQ
8]TMGEP'LEVEGXIVMWXMGW
'SPSV 7XVE[FIVV]6IH
&SMPMRKTVSXIGXMSR[MXLTWM
FEV
VEHMEXSVGET
'EX)0' [EXIV

'

*
'EX)0' [EXIV
)0'GSRGIRXVEXIEHHIH

'

*
*VII^MRKTVSXIGXMSR
'EX)0' [EXIV
'

*
'EX)0' [EXIV
)0'GSRGIRXVEXIEHHIH

'

*
2MXVMXI
WSPYXMSR
TTQ
1SP]FHEXI
WSPYXMSR
TTQ
'EX)0'JSV1E\MQYQ'SSPERX0MJI
3VSRILEPJSJXLIGSSPERXWIVZMGIPMJI
8LIWIGSSPERXGLERKIMRXIVZEPWEVISRP]TSWWMFPI[MXLERRYEP 7370IZIPGSSPERXWEQTPMRK ERHEREP]WMW
56 08/17/2017trade dress
77 78
79 80
81 82
125A LOAD CENTER
Recommend pulling
100A circuit
83 84
85 86
87 88
Both breakers, 1200amp LSI
89 90

91 92

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

SEISMIC DESIGN OF NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS
Certification No.

VMA-50365-01C (Revision 15)
Expiration Date: 7/31/2026
Certification Parameters:

The nonstructural products (mechanical and/or electrical components) listed on this certificate are CERTIFIED FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS in accordance with the following building code releases.

IBC 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012
The following model designations, options, and accessories are included in this certification. Reference report number VMA-50365-01 as issued by The VMC Group for a complete list of certified models, included accessories/options, and certified installation methods.

Caterpillar; Diesel Gensets
Series C4.4LC, C4.4, C6.6, C7.1, C9, C13, C15, C18
The above referenced equipment is APPROVED for seismic application when properly installed, used as intended, and contains a Seismic Certification Label referencing this Certificate of Compliance. As limited by the tabulated values, below grade, grade, and roof-level installations, installations in essential facilities, for life safety applications, and/or of equipment containing hazardous contents are permitted and included in this certification with an Equipment Importance Factor assigned as I=1.5. The equipment is qualified by comparative analysis and successful seismic shake table testing at the nationally recognized University of California Berkeley Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center and CERL (US Army Corp. of Engineers) Laboratory under the review of the ISO Accredited Product Certification Agency, the VMC Group.

Certified Seismic Design Levels
Certified
IBC
Importance I ≤ 1.5
Soil Classes A-E
Risk Categories I-IV
Design Categories A-F
z/h ≤ 1.0 z/h = 0.0
S ≤ 0.753 g S ≤ 2.260 g
Certified Seismic Installation Methods
Rigid Mounting From Unit Base To Rigid Structure Rigid Mounting From Unit Base To Fuel Tank External Isolation Mounting From Unit Base To Rigid Structure 102S-103387 Rev18 Page 1 of 3
93 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

SEISMIC DESIGN OF NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS
Certified Product Table:

Series Max
Rating
[kW]
EPA
Rating
Length
[in]
Width
[in]
Height
[in]
Max. Off
Tank Weight
[lbs]
Max. On
Tank Weight
[lbs]
S at z/
h=0.0
S at z/
h=1.0
Certified
Installation
Methods
C4.4LC 60
Tier 3
98 43 78 2,293 4,979

2.49 0.83 RigidC4.4 100 136
44 92 3,961 8,516
C6.6 175 198 96 5,080 12,752
C7.1 200 5,338 13,010
C9 300 219
81 114 8,364 19,850

2.26 0.75 Rigid and
Externally Spring
Isolated
C13 400 286 124 11,036 30,864
C15 450 251 127 11,393 28,504
500 Tier 2 11,923 29,034
C18
600 286 124 12,179 32,031
500 Tier 4F 247 90 111 13,720 21,687
750 Tier 2 275 91 106 15,585 N/A Rigid
N/A 28,209 1.29
Group Type SDS (z/h=0) SDS (z/h=1) A A A A F/W Seismic AC156 2.26 0.75 2.26 0.9 1.51 0.6 0.54
Notes:

1. Weights include genset, enclosure (where applicable), tank and fuel (where applicable)

2. For a detailed list of weights, certified installation methods, and certified seismic design levels please refer to the certification report referenced on the first page of this certificate.

This certification includes the open generator set and the enclosed generator set when installed with or without the sub-base tank. This certification also includes the sub-base tank as a stand-alone accessory. The generator set and included options shall be a catalogue design and factory supplied. The generator set and applicable options shall be installed and attached to the building structure per the manufacturer supplied seismic installation instructions. For a list of certified configurations and options please directly contact the manufacturer. This certification excludes all non-factory supplied accessories, including but not limited to mufflers, isolation/restraint devices, remote control panels, remote radiators, pumps and other electrical/mechanical components.

VMA-50365-01C (Revision 15)
Issue Date: Friday, May 6, 2016
Revision Date: Friday, April 28, 2023
Expiration Date: Friday, July 31, 2026
102S-103387 Rev18 Page 2 of 3
94 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

SEISMIC DESIGN OF NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS
Notes & Comments:

All equipment listed herein successfully passed the seismic acceptance criteria for shake testing non-structural components and systems as set forth in the ICC 1.

AC-156. The Test Response Spectrum (TRS) enveloped the Required Response Spectrum (RRS) for all units tested. The tested units were representative sample(s) of a contingent of models and all remained captive and structurally sound after the seismic shake simulation. The units also remained functionally operational after the simulation testing as functional testing was completed by the equipment manufacturer before and after the seismic simulations. Although a seismic qualified unit inherently contains some wind resisting capacity, that capacity is undetermined and is excluded from this certification. Snow/Ice loads have been neglected and thus limit the unit to be installed both indoors (covered by an independent protective structure) and out of doors (exposed to accumulating snow/ice) for ground snow loads no greater than 30 psf for all applications.

The following building codes are addressed under this certification:2.

IBC 2021 referencing ASCE7-16 and ICC-ES AC-156
IBC 2018 referencing ASCE7-16 and ICC-ES AC-156
IBC 2015 referencing ASCE7-10 and ICC-ES AC-156
IBC 2012 referencing ASCE7-10 and ICC-ES AC-156
Refer to the manufacturer supplied installation drawings for anchor requirements and mounting considerations for seismic applications. Required anchor locations, 3. size, style, and load capacities (tension and shear) may be specified on the installation drawings or specified by a 3rd party. Mounting requirement details such as anchor brand, type, embedment depth, edge spacing, anchor-to-anchor spacing, concrete strength, special inspection, wall design, and attachment to non-building structures must be outlined and approved by the Engineer of Record for the project or building. Structural walls, structural floors, and housekeeping pads must also be seismically designed and approved by the project or building Structural Engineer of Record to withstand the seismic anchor loads as defined on the installation drawings. The installing contractor is responsible for ensuring the proper installation of all anchors and mounting hardware.

For this certificate and certification to remain valid, this certificate must correspond to the "Seismic Certification Label" found affixed to the unit by the factory. The 4. label ensures the manufacturer built the unit in conformance to the IBC seismic design criteria set forth by the Certified Seismic Qualification Agency, the VMC Group, and meets the seismic design levels claimed by this certificate.

Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing connections to the equipment must be flexibly attached as to not transfer load through the connection. The structural integrity of 5. any conduit, cable trays, piping, ductwork and/or flexible connections is the responsibility of others. This certification makes no statements of compliance in regards to NEMA, IP , UL, CSA, or other relevant standards after a seismic event. For compliance to other relevant standards, please contact the manufacturer.

This certificate applies to units manufactured at:6.
1720 West Kingsbury Street, Seguin, TX 78155
Rodovia Luiz de Queiorz-KM 157 CEP 13420-900, Piracicaba/SP-Brazil This certification follows the VMC Group’s ISO-17065 Scheme.7.

The certified seismic installation methods states are a summary for all series this certificate covers, for more detailed information on the certified seismic installation 8. methods, see the certified product tables.

John P . Giuliano, PE
President, VMC Group
VMA-50365-01C (Revision 15)
Issue Date: Friday, May 6, 2016
Revision Date: Friday, April 28, 2023
Expiration Date: Friday, July 31, 2026
102S-103387 Rev18 Page 3 of 3
95 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

WIND RESISTANT DESIGN CERTIFICATION OF NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS

Page 1 of 4 ends

Camarillo City CouncilAugust 13, 2025

Camarillo City Council
August 13, 2025